my10 soul en

kia, the company

Congratulations! Your selection of a KIA was a wise investment. Itwill give you years of driving pleasure. Now that you are the owner ofa KIA vehicle, you’ll probably be asked a lot of questions about yourvehicle and the company like “What is a KIA?”, “Who is KIA?”,“What does ‘KIA’ mean?”.Here are some answers. First, KIA is the oldest car company in Korea.It is a company that has thousands of employees focused on buildinghigh-quality vehicles at affordable prices. The first syllable, KI, in the word “KIA” means “to arise from to theworld” or “to come up out of to the world”. The second syllable, a,means “Asia”. So, the word KIA, means “to arise from” or “to comeup out of Asia to the world”.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!

i

Thank you for choosing a KIA vehicle.When you require service, remember that your KIA Dealerknows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech-nicians, recommended special tools, genuine KIA replacementparts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction.Because subsequent owners require this important informationas well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it issold.This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte-nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup-plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manualthat provides important information on all warranties regardingyour vehicle.We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow therecommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operationof your new vehicle.KIA offers a great variety of options, components and featuresfor its various models. Therefore, some of the equipmentdescribed in this manual, along with the various illustrations,may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.

The information and specifications provided in this manualwere accurate at the time of printing. KIA reserves the right todiscontinue or change specifications or design at any timewithout notice and without incurring any obligation. If youhave questions, always check with your KIA dealer.We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoringpleasure and satisfaction in your KIA vehicle.

© 2009 Kia Canada Inc.All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic ormechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by anyinformation storage and retrieval system or translation inwhole or part is not permitted without written authorizationfrom Kia Canada Inc..Printed in Korea

Foreword

ii

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety features of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications & Consumer information

Index

table of contents

1How to use this manual / 1-2Fuel requirements / 1-3Vehicle handling instructions / 1-5Vehicle break-in process / 1-5Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-6

Introduction

Introduction

21

A010000AAM

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from your vehi-cle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist youin many ways. We strongly recommendthat you read the entire manual. In orderto minimize the chance of death or injury,you must read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the words in thismanual to best explain how to enjoy yourvehicle. By reading your manual, you willlearn about features, important safetyinformation, and driving tips under vari-ous road conditions.

The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. Use theindex when looking for a specific area orsubject; it has an alphabetical listing of allinformation in your manual.Sections: This manual has eight sectionsplus an index. Each section begins with abrief list of contents so you can tell at aglance if that section has the informationyou want.

You will find various WARNINGs,CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this manu-al. These WARNINGs were prepared toenhance your personal safety.You shouldcarefully read and follow ALL proceduresand recommendations provided in theseWARNINGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting or help-ful information is being provided.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation inwhich harm, serious bodily injury ordeath could result if the warning isignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich damage to your vehicle couldresult if the caution is ignored.

1 3

Introduction

A020101AHM-EU

Your new vehicle is designed to use onlyunleaded fuel having a pump octanenumber ((R+M)/2) of 87 (ResearchOctane Number 91) or higher.

Your new vehicle is designed to obtainmaximum performance with UNLEADEDFUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis-sions and spark plug fouling.

A020103AUN-EU

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alcohol),and gasoline or gasohol containingmethanol (also known as wood alcohol)are being marketed along with or insteadof leaded or unleaded gasoline.Do not use gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline orgasohol containing any methanol. Eitherof these fuels may cause drivability prob-lems and damage to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of any kind ifdrivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or drivability problemsmay not be covered by the manufactur-er’s warranty if they result from the useof:1. Gasohol containing more than 10%

ethanol.2. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

CAUTIONNever add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consultan authorized KIA dealer fordetails.)

WARNING• Do not "top off" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks, oth-erwise the Check Engine light will illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

Introduction

41

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per-cent gasoline, and is manufacturedexclusively for use in Flexible FuelVehicles. “E85” is not compatible withyour vehicle. Use of “E85” may result inpoor engine performance and damage toyour vehicle's engine and fuel system.KIA recommends that customers do notuse fuel with an ethanol content exceed-ing 10 percent.

A020104AUN

Use of MTBEKIA recommends avoiding fuels contain-ing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether)over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7%weight) in your vehicle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) mayreduce vehicle performance and producevapor lock or hard starting.

A020105AUN

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your vehicle.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

A020106AUN

Gasolines for cleaner airTo help contribute to cleaner air, KIA rec-ommends that you use gasolines treatedwith detergent additives, which help pre-vent deposit formation in the engine.These gasolines will help the engine runcleaner and enhance performance of theEmission Control System.

A020107AUN

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehicle inanother country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding reg-

istration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-

able.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance prob-lems that are caused by the use offuels containing methanol or fuelscontaining MTBE (Methyl TertiaryButyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

CAUTIONNever use gasohol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of anygasohol product which impairs dri-vability.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantydoes not cover damage to the fuelsystem or any performance prob-lems caused by the use of “E85” fuel.

1 5

Introduction

A090000AEN

As with other vehicles of this type, failureto operate this vehicle correctly mayresult in loss of control, an accident orvehicle rollover.Specific design characteristics (higherground clearance, track, etc.) give thisvehicle a higher center of gravity thanother types of vehicles. In other wordsthey are not designed for cornering at thesame speeds as conventional 2-wheeldrive vehicles. Avoid sharp turns orabrupt maneuvers. Again, failure to oper-ate this vehicle correctly may result inloss of control, an accident or vehiclerollover. Be sure to read the “Reducingthe risk of a rollover” driving guide-lines, in section 5 of this manual.

A030000AUN

No special break-in period is needed. Byfollowing a few simple precautions for thefirst 1,000 km (600 miles) you may add tothe performance, economy and life ofyour vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine speed

(rpm, or revolutions per minute)between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for longperiods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

• Don't let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first 2,000km (1,200 miles) of operation.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESSVEHICLE HANDLINGINSTRUCTIONS

Introduction

61

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Seat Belt Warning Light

High Beam Indicator

Turn Signal Indicator

ABS Warning Light*

Parking Brake & Brake FluidWarning Light

Malfunction Indicator*

Immobilizer Indicator

Low Fuel Level Warning Light

* : if equipped

Tailgate Open Warning Light

❈ For more detailed explanations, refer to “Instrument cluster” in section 4.

Charging System Warning Light

Door Ajar Warning Light

A050000AAM-EC

Front Fog Light Indicator*

Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light

O/D OFF Indicator*O/DOFF

Air Bag Warning Light*

TPMS (Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem) Malfunction Indicator*

Low Tire Pressure Telltale*

Cruise Indicator*

Cruise SET Indicator*

Shift Pattern Indicator

ESC Indicator*

ESC OFF Indicator* TPMS

Tail Light Indicator*

Low Windshield Washer FluidLevel Warning Light*

Low Beam Indicator*

2Interior overview / 2-2Instrument panel overview / 2-3Engine compartment / 2-4



22

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Door Lock/Unlock Button ....................4-8

2. Outside Rearview Mirror Control Switch* ..............................................4-30

3. Central Door Lock Switch*................4-10

4. Power Window Lock Button*.............4-16

5. Power Window Switches* .................4-14

6. Fuse Box...........................................7-43

7. Instrument Panel Illumination ControlKnob* ................................................4-33

8. ESC OFF Button* .............................5-21

9. Hood Release Lever .........................4-17

10. Steering Wheel ...............................4-26

11. Steering Wheel Tilt Lever* ..............4-27

12. Seat...................................................3-2

13. Fuel Filler Lid Release Lever*.........4-19

* : if equipped

OAM019001B010000AUN-EU-C1

2 3


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Driver's Front Air Bag.......................3-33

2. Light Control / Turn Signals..............4-47

3. Instrument Cluster............................4-32

4. Wiper/Washer...................................4-51

5. Auto Cruise Controls*.......................5-26

6. Advanced Lighting Speaker*............4-77

7. Vent Controls....................................4-58

8. Multi Box* .........................................4-69

9. Hazard Warning Flasher Switch...4-46/6-2

10. Audio Controls* ..............................4-75

11. Climate Control System*................4-57

12. Shift Lever*.....................................5-10

13. Passenger's Front Air Bag .............3-33

14. Glove Box.......................................4-68

15. Parking Brake.................................5-17

16. Brake Pedal ....................................5-16

17. Accelerator Pedal .............................5-6

* : if equipped

OAM019002B020000AAM


42

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

B030000AUN-C1

OAM019003N

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine Coolant Reservoir ................7-15

2. Engine Oil Filler Cap ........................7-14

3. Brake Fluid Reservoir.......................7-18

4. Air Cleaner .......................................7-23

5. Fuse Box ..........................................7-43

6. Negative Battery Terminal..........6-4/7-27

7. Positive Battery Terminal............6-4/7-27

8. Radiator Cap..............................6-6/7-17

9. Engine Oil Dipstick ...........................7-14

10. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir..7-22

11. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir* ....7-19

* : if equipped

3

Seats / 3-2Seat belts / 3-13Child restraint system / 3-25Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system / 3-33



23

C010000AAM-EC

Front seat(1) Forward and backward(2) Seatback angle(3) Seat cushion height (Driver’s seat)*(4) Seat warmer*(5) Headrest(6) Armrest (Driver’s seat)*

Rear seats(7) Folding the seatback(8) Headrest

*: if equipped

SEATS

OAM039001

3 3


WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust the seat

while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback could result in seriousor fatal injury in a sudden stop orcollision.

• Always drive and ride with yourseatback upright and the lap por-tion of the seat belt snug and lowacross the hips. This is the bestposition to protect you in case ofan accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessaryand perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far back aspossible from the steering wheelwhile maintaining comfortablecontrol of the vehicle. We recom-mend that your chest be at least250 mm (10 inches) away fromthe steering wheel.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly and be surethere are no other occupantsaround the seat. If the seatback isreturned without being held andcontrolled, the back of the seatcould spring forward resulting inaccidental injury to a person struckby the seatback.

WARNING - Loose objectsLoose objects in the driver’s footarea could interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident. Do not placeanything under the front seats.

WARNING - Driver respon-sibility for passengers

Riding in a vehicle with the seat-back reclined could lead to seriousor fatal injury in an accident. If aseat is reclined during an accident,the occupant’s hips may slideunder the lap portion of the seatbelt applying great force to theunprotected abdomen. Serious orfatal internal injuries could result.The driver must advise the passen-ger to keep the seatback in anupright position whenever the vehi-cle is in motion.


43

Front seat adjustment - manualC010101AHM

Forward and backwardTo move the seat forward or backward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up

and hold it.2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.3. Release the lever and make sure the

seat is locked in place.Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

(Continued)• When resetting the seatback to

the upright position, make sure itis securely latched by pushing itforward and backwards.

• To avoid the possibility of burns,do not remove the carpet in thecargo area. Emission controldevices beneath this floor gener-ate high temperatures.

WARNING - Rear seatbacks• The rear seatback must be

securely latched. If not, passen-gers and objects could be thrownforward resulting in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop or collision.

• Luggage and other cargo shouldbe laid flat in the cargo area. Ifobjects are large, heavy, or mustbe piled, they must be secured.Under no circumstances shouldcargo be piled higher than theseatbacks. Failure to follow thesewarnings could result in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop, collision or rollover.

• No passenger should ride in thecargo area or sit or lie on foldedseatbacks while the vehicle ismoving. All passengers must beproperly seated in seats andrestrained properly while riding.

(Continued)

WARNINGAfter adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely locked intoplace by attempting to move theseat forward or backward withoutusing the lock release lever.Sudden or unexpected movementof the driver's seat could cause youto lose control of the vehicle result-ing in an accident.

OAM039002

3 5


C010102AHM

Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the

seatback recline lever.2. Carefully lean back on the seat and

adjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

C010103APB

Seat height (for driver’s seat)To change the height of the seat, pushthe lever upwards or downwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push down

the lever several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull up the

lever several times.

C010104AHM

HeadrestThe driver's and front passenger's seatsare equipped with a headrest for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor the driver and front passenger, butalso helps protect the head and neck inthe event of a collision.

OAM039004 OPA039052OAM039003


63

Forward and backward adjustment The headrest may be adjusted forward to3 different positions by pulling the head-rest forward to the desired detent. Toadjust the headrest to it’s furthest back-wards position, pull it fully forward to thefarthest position and release it. Adjust theheadrest so that it properly supports thehead and neck.

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. For thisreason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed. Severeinjury to the occupants mayoccur in the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against neck injuries whenproperly adjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrest posi-tion of the driver’s seat while thevehicle is in motion.

OAM039006OAM039005

3 7


RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(1) while pulling the headrest up (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

Active headrest (if equipped)The active headrest is designed to moveforward and upward during a rear impact.This helps to prevent the driver's andfront passenger’s heads from movingbackward and thus helps minimize neckinjuries.

C010109AVQ-C1

Armrest (for driver’s seat, if equipped)To use the armrest, swing down the arm-rest to the lowest position.

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protect the occupants.

HNF2041-1OAM039007 OSA038123


83

C010107AAM

Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmers are provided to warmthe front seats during cold weather. Withthe ignition switch in the ON position,push either of the switches to warm thedriver's seat or the front passenger'sseat.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in theOFF position.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in the ONposition, the heating system in the seatturns off or on automatically dependingon the seat temperature.

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warmersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. The occupantsmust be able to feel if the seat isbecoming too warm and turn theseat warmer off. In particular, thedriver must exercise extreme carefor the following types of passen-gers:1. Infants, children, elderly or dis-

abled persons, or hospital outpa-tients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such asthinner, benzene, alcohol andgasoline. Doing so may damagethe surface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place blankets,cushions or seat covers on theseats while the seat warmer is inoperation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components could occur.

OAM039010

3 9


C010108AAM

Seatback pocket (if equipped)

Rear seat adjustmentC010307AHM-C1

Folding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks can be folded to facil-itate carrying long items or to increasethe luggage capacity of the vehicle.

To fold down the rear seatback:1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the

pocket (if equipped) between the rearseatback and cushion, and insert therear seat belt webbing in the guide toprevent the seat belt from being dam-aged.

2. Set the front seatback to the uprightposition and if necessary, slide thefront seat forward.

3.Lower the rear headrests to the lowestposition.

WARNING - Seatbackpockets

Do not put heavy or sharp objectsin the seatback pockets. In an acci-dent they could come loose fromthe pocket and injure vehicle occu-pants.

OUN028040/H

WARNING The purpose of the fold-down rearseatbacks is to allow you to carrylonger objects that could not beaccommodated in the cargo area.Never allow passengers sit on topof the folded down seatback whilethe vehicle is moving. This is not aproper seating position and no seatbelts are available for use.This could result in serious injuryor death in case of an accident orsudden stop. Objects carried on thefolded down seatback should notextend higher than the top of thefront seatbacks. Doing this couldallow cargo to slide forward andcause injury or damage during sud-den stops.


103

4.Pull on the seatback folding lever, thenfold the seat toward the front of thevehicle. When you return the seatbackto its upright position, always be sure ithas locked into position by pushing onthe top of the seatback.

5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull theseatback backward by pulling on thefolding lever. Pull the seatback firmlyuntil it clicks into place. Make sure theseatback is locked in place.

6. Return the rear seat belt to the properposition.

OAM039020

OAM039021

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after beingfolded down:Be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle. Do notallow the seat belt webbing orbuckle to get caught or pinched inthe rear seat. Ensure that the seat-back is completely locked into itsupright position by pushing on thetop of the seatback. Otherwise, inan accident or sudden stop, theseat could fold down and allowcargo to enter the passenger com-partment, which could result inserious injury or death.

CAUTION - Rear seat beltsWhen returning the rear seatbacksto the upright position, rememberto return the rear shoulder belts totheir proper position. Routing theseat belt webbing through the rearseat belt guides will help keep thebelts from being trapped behind orunder the seats.

CAUTION - Damaging rearseat belt buckles

When you fold the rear seatback,insert the buckle in the pocketbetween the rear seatback andcushion. Doing so can prevent thebuckle from being damaged by therear seatback.

3 11


C010303AHM

HeadrestThe rear seat(s) is equipped with head-rests in all the seating positions for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor passengers, but also helps protect thehead and neck in the event of a collision.

WARNING - Cargo loadingMake sure the engine is off, theautomatic transaxle is in P (Park)and the parking brake is securelyapplied whenever loading orunloading cargo. Failure to takethese steps may allow the vehicleto move if the shift lever is inadver-tently moved to another position.

WARNING - CargoCargo should always be secured toprevent it from being thrown aboutthe vehicle in a collision and caus-ing injury to the vehicle occupants.Do not place objects in the rearseats, since they cannot be proper-ly secured and may hit the frontseat occupants in a collision.

OPA039053

WARNING• For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. For thisreason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed. Severeinjury to an occupant may occurin the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against severe neck injurieswhen properly adjusted.


123

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(1) while pulling the headrest up (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while pessingthe release button (1). Then adjust it tothe appropriate height.

OUN026043 OUN028044

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protect the occupants.

3 13


C020100AHM

Seat belt restraint system

SEAT BELTS

WARNING• For maximum restraint system

protection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever thevehicle is moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he/shemust be properly belted and theseat should be moved as far backas possible.

• Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash. The shoulderbelt should be positioned midwayover your shoulder across yourcollarbone.

(Continued)

WARNINGSeat belts are designed to bearupon the bony structure of thebody, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis or thepelvis, chest and shoulders, asapplicable; wearing the lap sectionof the belt across the abdominalarea must be avoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protectionfor which they have been designed.A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the wearer.

(Continued)

(Continued)Care should be taken to avoid con-tamination of the webbing with pol-ishes, oils and chemicals, and par-ticularly battery acid. Cleaning maysafely be carried out using mildsoap and water. The belt should bereplaced if webbing becomesfrayed, contaminated or damaged.It is essential to replace the entireassembly after it has been worn ina severe impact even if damage tothe assembly is not obvious. Beltsshould not be worn with strapstwisted. Each belt assembly mustonly be used by one occupant; it isdangerous to put a belt around achild being carried on the occu-pant's lap.

WARNINGNo modifications or additionsshould be made by the user whichwill either prevent the seat beltadjusting devices from operating toremove slack, or prevent the seatbelt assembly from being adjustedto remove slack.

(Continued)• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.

A twisted belt can't do its jobwell. In a collision, it could evencut into you. Be sure the beltwebbing is straight and not twist-ed.

• Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. If the beltwebbing or hardware is dam-aged, replace it.


143

C020101AAM-EU

Seat belt warningAs a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON regardless of belt fastening.

If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned on, theseat belt warning light and the seat beltwarning chime will operate for approxi-mately 6 seconds. But if it is fastenedwithin the 6 seconds, the warning lightwill blink till the 6 seconds and the warn-ing chime will turn off immediately.If the driver's seat belt is disconnectedafter the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the seat belt warning lightand chime will operate for approximately6 seconds. But if it is fastened within the6 seconds, the warning light and chimewill turn off immediately. If the driver'sseat belt is not fastened when the vehiclespeed exceeds 10 km/h (6 mph), theseat belt warning light and chime willoperate for approximately 11 times with apattern of 6 seconds on and 24 secondsoff until the belt is fastened or the vehiclespeed decreases below 5 km/h (3 mph).

C020102AAM-EU

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point systemwith emergency locking retractorTo fasten your seat belt:To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (1) intothe buckle (2). There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt por-tion is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt willextend and let you move around. If thereis a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

1GQA2083 B180A01NF-1

3 15


✽✽ NOTICEIf you are not able to pull out the seatbelt from the retractor, firmly pull thebelt out and release it. Then you will beable to pull the belt out smoothly.

Height adjustmentYou can adjust the height of the shoulderbelt anchor to one of the 4 positions formaximum comfort and safety.The height of the adjusting seat beltshould not be too close to your neck. Theshoulder portion should be adjusted sothat it lies across your chest and midwayover your shoulder near the door and notyour neck.

To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the height adjusterinto an appropriate position.To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).To lower it, push it down (3) while press-ing the height adjuster button (2).Release the button to lock the anchorinto position. Try sliding the heightadjuster to make sure that it has lockedinto position.

WARNING• Verify that the shoulder belt

anchor is locked into position atthe appropriate height. Neverposition the shoulder belt acrossyour neck or face. Improperlypositioned seat belts can causeserious injuries in an accident.

• Failure to replace seat belts afteran accident could leave you withdamaged seat belts that will notprovide protection in the event ofanother collision leading to per-sonal injury or death. Replaceyour seat belts after being in anaccident as soon as possible.

OUN026100

Front seat


163

C020106AUN

Seat belts - Front passenger and rearseat 3-point system with combinationlocking retractorTo fasten your seat belt: Combination retractor type seat belts areinstalled in the rear seat positions to helpaccommodate the installation of childrestraint systems. Although a combina-tion retractor is also installed in the frontpassenger seat position, it is stronglyrecommended that children always beseated in the rear seat. NEVER placeany infant restraint system in the frontseat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines the fea-tures of both an emergency lockingretractor seat belt and an automatic lock-ing retractor seat belt. To fasten your seatbelt, pull it out of the retractor and insertthe metal tab into the buckle. There willbe an audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle. When not securing achild restraint, the seat belt operates inthe same way as the driver's seat belt(Emergency Locking Retractor Type). Itautomatically adjusts to the proper lengthonly after the lap belt portion of the seatbelt is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips.

When the seat belt is fully extended fromthe retractor to allow the installation of achild restraint system, the seat belt oper-ation changes to allow the belt to retract,but not to extend (Automatic LockingRetractor Type). Refer to “Using a childrestraint system” in this section.

✽✽ NOTICEAlthough the combination retractorprovides the same level of protection forseated passengers in either emergencyor automatic locking modes, it is recom-mended that seated passengers use theemergency locking feature for improvedconvenience. The automatic lockingfunction is intended to facilitate childrestraint installation. To convert fromthe automatic locking feature to theemergency locking operation mode,allow the unbuckled seat belt to fullyretract.

B200A02NF

WARNINGYou should place the lap belt por-tion as low as possible and snuglyacross your hips, not on your waist.If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of acollision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, oneshould be over and the other under,as shown in the illustration.Never wear the seat belt under thearm that is near the door.

3 17


When using the rear center seat belt, thebuckle with the “CENTER” mark must beused.

To release the seat belt:The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button (1) in the locking buckle.When it is released, the belt should auto-matically draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.

CAUTIONDo NOT fold down the left portion ofthe rear seat back when the rearcenter seat belt is buckled. ALWAYSUNBUCKLE the rear center seatbelt before folding down the leftportion of the rear seat back. If therear center seat belt is buckledwhen the left portion of the rearseat back is folded down, distortionand damage to the top portion ofthe seat back and seat belt garnishmay result, causing the seat back tolock into the folded down position.

OAM039046 B210A01NF-1


183

C020105AAM

Stowing the rear seat belt The rear seat belt buckles can be stowedin the pocket between the rear seatbackand cushion when not in use.

Routing the seat belt webbing throughthe rear seat belt guides will help keepthe belts from being trapped behind orunder the seats.After inserting the seat belt, tighten thebelt webbing by pulling it up.

C020200BHM-EU

Pre-tensioner seat beltYour vehicle is equipped with driver's andfront passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in certainfrontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seatbelts may be activated in crashes wherethe frontal collision is severe enough.

OEN036300OAM039047 OAM039025

3 19


When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. In certain frontal collisions,the pre-tensioner will activate and pullthe seat belt into tighter contact againstthe occupant's body.If the system senses excessive seat belttension on the driver or passenger's seatbelt when the pre-tensioner activates, theload limiter inside the pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt (if equipped).

The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seat belt must be worn cor-

rectly and adjusted to the properposition. Please read and followall of the important informationand precautions about your vehi-cle’s occupant safety features –including seat belts and air bags– that are provided in this manu-al.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat belts prop-erly.

8KMB3311


203

✽✽ NOTICE• Both the driver's and front passen-

ger's pre-tensioner seat belts may beactivated in certain frontal collisions.The pre-tensioners will not be activat-ed if the seat belts are not being wornat the time of the collision.

• When the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal oper-ating conditions and are not haz-ardous.

• Although it is harmless, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged peri-ods. Wash all exposed skin areas thor-oughly after an accident in which thepre-tensioner seat belts were activat-ed.

✽✽ NOTICEBecause the sensor that activates theSRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bagwarning light ( ) on the instrumentpanel will illuminate for approximately6 seconds after the ignition switch hasbeen turned to the ON position, andthen it should turn off.

CAUTIONIf the pre-tensioner seat belt is notworking properly, this warning lightwill illuminate even if there is nomalfunction of the SRS air bag. Ifthe SRS air bag warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignitionswitch is turned ON, or if it remainsilluminated after illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, please have anauthorized KIA dealer inspect thepre-tensioner seat belt and SRS airbag system as soon as possible.

WARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed to

operate only one time. After acti-vation, pre-tensioner seat beltsmust be replaced. All seat belts,of any type, should always bereplaced after they have beenworn during a collision.

• The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies for several minutesafter they have been activated.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must be doneby an authorized KIA dealer.

• Do not strike the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies.

• Do not attempt to service orrepair the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem in any manner.

• Do not put anything near thebuckle. Placing objects near thebuckle can adversely affect thebuckle pretensioner and mayincrease the risk of personalinjury in the event of a collision.

(Continued)

3 21


C020300AUN-EU

Seat belt precautionsC020306AUN

Infant or small childYou should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Formore information about the use of theserestraints, refer to “Child restraint sys-tem” in this section.

(Continued)• Improper handling of the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings notto strike, modify, inspect, replace,service or repair the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadver-tent activation and serious injury.

• Always wear the seat belts whendriving or riding in a motor vehi-cle.

• If the vehicle or pre-tensionerseat belt must be discarded, con-tact an authorized KIA dealer.

WARNINGAll occupants of the vehicle mustwear their seat belts at all times.Seat belts and child restraintsreduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries for all occupants in theevent of a collision or sudden stop.Without a seat belt, occupantscould be shifted too close to adeploying air bag, strike the interiorstructure or be thrown from thevehicle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards.Even with advanced air bags,unbelted occupants can be severe-ly injured by a deploying air bag.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags and occu-pant seating contained in this man-ual.

WARNINGEvery person in your vehicle needsto be properly restrained at alltimes, including infants and chil-dren. Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in a vehi-cle. The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the child fromyour arms and throw the childagainst the interior. Always use achild restraint appropriate for yourchild's height and weight.


223

✽✽ NOTICESmall children are best protected frominjury in an accident when properlyrestrained in the rear seat by a childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the safety standards of yourcountry. Before buying any childrestraint system, make sure that it has alabel certifying that it meets the safetystandards of your country. The restraintmust be appropriate for your child'sheight and weight. Check the label onthe child restraint for this information.Refer to “Child restraint system” in thissection.

C020301AHM

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occupythe rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portion shouldbe fastened and snugged on the hipsand as low as possible. Check if the beltfits periodically. A child's squirming couldput the belt out of position. Children aregiven the most safety in the event of anaccident when they are restrained by aproper restraint system in the rear seat. Ifa larger child (over age 12) must be seat-ed in the front seat, the child should besecurely restrained by the availablelap/shoulder belt and the seat should beplaced in the rearmost position. Childrenage 12 and under should be restrainedsecurely in the rear seat. NEVER place achild age 12 and under in the front seat.NEVER place a rear facing child seat inthe front seat of a vehicle.

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the center of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they need to be returned to achild restraint system.

WARNING - Shoulder beltson small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt to bein contact with a child’s neck orface while the vehicle is inmotion.

• If seat belts are not properly wornand adjusted on children, there isa risk of death or serious injury.

3 23


C020302AKM

Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wear lap/shoul-der belt assemblies whenever possibleaccording to specific recommendationsby their doctors. The lap portion of thebelt should be worn AS SNUGLY ANDLOW AS POSSIBLE.

C020303AUN

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you should con-sult a physician for recommendations.

C020304AUN

One person per beltTwo people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

C020305AAM

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve max-imum effectiveness of the restraint sys-tem, all passengers should be sitting upand the front and rear seats should be inan upright position when the vehicle ismoving. A seat belt cannot provide prop-er protection if the person is lying down inthe rear seat or if the front and rear seatsare in a reclined position.

WARNINGRiding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seriousor fatal injuries in the event of a col-lision or sudden stop. The protec-tion of your restraint system (seatbelts and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seat.Seat belts must be snugged againstyour hips and chest to work proper-ly. The more the seatback isreclined, the greater the chance anoccupant's hips will slide under thelap belt causing serious internalinjuries. Also, the shoulder beltmay strike the occupant's neck.Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in their seats,properly belted, and with the seat-backs upright.

WARNING - Pregnantwomen

Pregnant women must never placethe lap portion of the safety beltover the area of the abdomenwhere the fetus is located or abovethe abdomen where the belt couldcrush the fetus during an impact.


243

C020400AEN

Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never be disas-sembled or modified. In addition, careshould be taken to assure that seat beltsand belt hardware are not damaged byseat hinges, doors or other abuse.

C020401AEN

Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspected peri-odically for wear or damage of any kind.Any damaged parts should be replacedas soon as possible.

C020402AUN

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

C020403ASA

When to replace seat beltsThe entire in-use seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an accident.This should be done even if no damageis visible. Additional questions concern-ing seat belt operation should be directedto an authorized KIA dealer.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after the rearseatback has been folded down, becareful not to damage the seat beltwebbing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.A seat belt with damaged webbingor buckle could possibly fail duringa collision or sudden stop, result-ing in serious injury. If the webbingor buckles are damaged, get themreplaced immediately.

3 25


CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMC030000AHM-EC

Children riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimize the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmaneuver. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat. Larger children not in a childrestraint should use one of the seat beltsprovided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Child and/orinfant safety seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Youmust use a commercially available childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the safety standards of yourcountry.Child restraint systems are designed to besecured in vehicle seats by seat belt, or bya tether anchor and/or LATCH anchors (ifequipped).

Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your car seatand seat belts, and fits your child.Follow all the instructions provided by themanufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

WARNING• A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat on thefront passenger's seat. Should anaccident occur and cause thepassenger-side air bag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infantor child seat. Thus only use achild restraint in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

(Continued)

(Continued)• A seat belt or child restraint sys-

tem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle on a sunnyday, even if the outside tempera-ture does not feel hot. Be sure tocheck the seat cover and bucklesbefore placing a child there.

• When the child restraint systemis not in use, store it in the lug-gage area or fasten it with a seatbelt so that it will not be thrownforward in case of a sudden stopor an accident.

• Children may be seriously injuredor killed by an inflating air bag.All children, even those too largefor child restraints, must ride inthe rear seat.


263

WARNINGTo reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries:• Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rear seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struckby an inflating air bag resulting inserious or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the child restraintsystem manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use ofthe child restraint.

• Always make sure the child seatis secured properly in the car andyour child is securely restrainedin the child seat.

• Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe car’s interior.

• Never put a seat belt over your-self and a child. During a crash,the belt could press deep into thechild causing serious internalinjuries.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never leave children unattended

in a vehicle – not even for a shorttime. The car can heat up veryquickly, resulting in seriousinjuries to children inside. Evenvery young children may inadver-tently cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or lock themselves or oth-ers inside the vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the sameseat belt.

• Children often squirm and repo-sition themselves improperly.Never let a child ride with theshoulder belt under their arm orbehind their back. Always proper-ly position and secure children inthe rear seat.

• Never allow a child to stand-up orkneel on the seat or floor of amoving vehicle. During a colli-sion or sudden stop, the childcan be violently thrown againstthe vehicle’s interior, resulting inserious injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never use an infant carrier or a

child safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in an acci-dent.

• Seat belts can become very hot,especially when the car is parkedin direct sunlight. Always checkthe seat belt buckles before fas-tening them over a child.

3 27


C030100AHM-EU

Using a child restraint systemFor small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required.Thischild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer's instructions.

For safety reasons, we recommend thatthe child restraint system be used in therear seats.

Since all passenger seat belts movefreely under normal conditions and onlylock under extreme or emergency condi-tions (emergency lock mode), you mustmanually change these seat belts to theauto lock mode to secure a childrestraint.

CRS09

OUN026150

Forward-facing child restraint system

Rearward-facing child restraint system

WARNINGNever place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger aninflating passenger-side air bagcould impact the rear-facing childrestraint and kill the child.

WARNING - Child seatinstallation

• A child can be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is notproperly restrained in the childrestraint. Before installing thechild restraint system, read theinstructions supplied by the childrestraint system manufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not operateas described in this section, havethe system checked immediatelyby your authorized KIA dealer.

• Failure to observe this manual'sinstructions regarding childrestraint systems and theinstructions provided with thechild restraint system couldincrease the chance and/orseverity of injury in an accident.


283

C030102AAM-EU

Placing a passenger seat belt intothe auto lock mode The auto lock mode will help prevent thenormal movement of the child in the vehi-cle from causing the seat belt to loosenand compromise the child restraint sys-tem. To secure a child restraint system,use the following procedure.

To install a child restraint system on theoutboard or center rear seats, do the fol-lowing:1. Place the child restraint system in the

seat and route the lap/shoulder beltaround or through the restraint, follow-ing the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Be sure the seat beltwebbing is not twisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”sound.

Position the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seatbelt all the way out. When the shoulderportion of the seat belt is fully extend-ed, it will shift the retractor to the “AutoLock” (child restraint) mode.

E2MS103005 OEN036101 OEN036102

3 29


4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion ofthe seat belt to retract and listen for anaudible “clicking” or “ratcheting” sound.This indicates that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode. If no distinctsound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

5. Remove as much slack from the beltas possible by pushing down on thechild restraint system while feeding theshoulder belt back into the retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seat belt isholding it firmly in place. If it is not,release the seat belt and repeat steps2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode by attempting topull more of the seat belt out of theretractor. If you cannot, the retractor isin the “Auto Lock” mode.

To remove the child restraint, press therelease button on the buckle and thenpull the lap/shoulder belt out of therestraint and allow the seat belt to retractfully.

When the seat belt is allowed toretract to its fully stowed position, theretractor will automatically switchfrom the “Auto Lock” mode to theemergency lock mode for normaladult usage.

OEN036104OEN036103

WARNING - Auto lockmode

The lap/shoulder belt automaticallyreturns to the “emergency lockmode” whenever the belt is allowedto retract fully. Therefore, the pre-ceding seven steps must be fol-lowed each time a child restraint isinstalled.If the retractor is not in theAutomatic Locking mode, the childrestraint can move when your vehi-cle turns or stops suddenly. A childcan be seriously injured or killed ifthe child restraint is not properlyanchored to the car, including set-ting the retractor to the AutomaticLocking mode.


303

C030103AEN

Securing a child restraint seat withtether anchor system Child restraint hook holders are locatedon the back of the rear seatbacks.

1. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable head-rests, route the tether strap under theheadrest and between the headrestposts, otherwise route the tether strapover the top of the seatback.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to theappropriate child restraint hook holderand tighten to secure the child restraintseat.

2GHA3300L WARNING - Tether strapNever mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether or to asingle lower anchorage point. Theincreased load caused by multipleseats may cause the tethers oranchorage points to break, causingserious injury or death.

WARNINGA child can be seriously injured orkilled in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is not prop-erly restrained in the child restraint.Always follow the child seat manu-facturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use.

OAM039048

3 31


C030104AHM-EU

Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower anchor systemSome child seat manufacturers makechild restraint seats that are labeled asLATCH or LATCH-compatible childrestraint seats. LATCH stands for "LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children". Theseseats include two rigid or webbingmounted attachments that connect totwo LATCH anchors at specific seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type ofchild restraint seat eliminates the need touse seat belts to attach the child seat inthe rear seats.

Child restraint symbols are located onthe left and right rear seat backs to indi-cate the position of the lower anchors forchild restraints.

WARNING - Child restraintcheck

Check that the child restraint sys-tem is secure by pushing andpulling it in different directions.Incorrectly fitted child restraintsmay swing, twist, tip or separatecausing death or serious injury.

WARNING - Child restraintanchorage

• Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses orfor attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached somewhereother than the correct tetheranchor.

1SAE3090A OUN038139L

Lower Anchor

Lower AnchorPosition Indicator


323

LATCH anchors have been provided inyour vehicle. The LATCH anchors arelocated in the left and right outboard rearseating positions. Their locations areshown in the illustration. There is noLATCH anchor provided for the centerrear seating position.The LATCH anchors are located betweenthe seatback and the seat cushion of therear seat left and right outboard seatingpositions.Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with LATCH or LATCH-compatible attachments.Once you have installed the LATCH childrestraint, assure that the seat is properlyattached to the LATCH and tetheranchors.

Also, test the child restraint seat beforeyou place the child in it. Tilt the seat fromside to side. Also try to tug the seat for-ward. Check to see if the anchors holdthe seat in place.

WARNINGIf the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beingseriously injured or killed in a colli-sion greatly increases.

WARNING - LATCH loweranchors

LATCH lower anchors are only tobe used with the left and right rearoutboard seating positions. Neverattempt to attach a LATCHequipped seat in the center seatingposition. You may damage theanchors or the anchors may failand break in a collision.

CAUTIONDo not allow the rear seat belt web-bing to get scratched or pinched bythe child-seat latch and LATCHanchor during the installation.

WARNINGWhen using the vehicle's "LATCH"system to install a child restraintsystem in the rear seat, all unusedvehicle rear seat belt metal latchplates or tabs must be latchedsecurely in their seat belt bucklesand the seat belt webbing must beretracted behind the child restraintto prevent the child from reachingand taking hold of unretracted seatbelts. Unlatched metal latch platesor tabs may allow the child to reachthe unretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulation and aserious injury or death to the childin the child restraint.

WARNINGInstall the child restraint seat fullyrearward against the seatback withthe seatback reclined two positionsfrom the most upright latched posi-tion.

OUN036140L

3 33


C040000AUN-C1

(1) Driver’s front air bag(2) Passenger’s front air bag(3) Side air bag*(4) Curtain air bag** : if equipped

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

WARNINGEven in vehicles with air bags, youand your passengers must alwayswear the safety belts provided inorder to minimize the risk andseverity of injury in the event of acollision or rollover.

OUN037301

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.


343

C040900AUN

How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bag are activated (able to inflate if

necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON or STARTposition.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the event ofa serious frontal collision or side colli-sion (if equipped with side impact airbag or curtain air bag) in order to helpprotect the occupants from seriousphysical injury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate by the severity of a collision andits direction. These two factors deter-mine whether the sensors send out anelectronic deployment/inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and the densi-ty and stiffness of the vehicles orobjects which your vehicle hits in thecollision. Though, factors are not limit-ed to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.It is virtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an accident.It is much more likely that you will sim-ply see the deflated air bags hangingout of their storage compartments afterthe collision.

• In order to help provide protection in asevere collision, the air bags mustinflate rapidly. The speed of air baginflation is a consequence of theextremely short time in which a colli-sion occurs and the need to get the airbag between the occupant and thevehicle structures before the occupantimpacts those structures.This speed ofinflation reduces the risk of serious orlife-threatening injuries in a severe col-lision and is thus a necessary part ofair bag design.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which normally caninclude facial abrasions, bruises andbroken bones, and sometimes moresevere injuries because the inflationspeed also causes the air bags toexpand with a great deal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the steer-ing wheel air bag can cause fatalinjuries, especially if the occupantis positioned excessively close tothe steering wheel.

WARNING• To avoid severe personal injury

or death caused by deploying airbags in a collision, the drivershould sit as far back from thesteering wheel air bag as possi-ble (at least 250 mm (10 inches)away). The front passengersshould always move their seatsas far back as possible and sitback in their seat.

• Air bags inflate instantly in theevent of collision, and passen-gers may be injured by the air bagexpansion force if they are not inproper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries which normally includefacial or bodily abrasions,injuries from broken glasses orburns by the air bag inflationgasses.

3 35


C040902AUN

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing due to the contact ofyour chest with both the seat belt and theair bag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. Open your doorsand/or windows as soon as possibleafter impact in order to reduce dis-comfort and prevent prolonged expo-sure to the smoke and powder.Though smoke and powder are non-toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin(eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is thecase, wash and rinse with cold waterimmediately and consult a doctor if thesymptom persists.

C040903AUN

Installing a child restraint on a frontpassenger’s seat is forbiddenNever place a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger’s seat. If the airbag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac-ing child restraint, causing serious orfatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facing childrestraints in the front passenger’s seateither. If the front passenger air baginflates, it would cause serious or fatalinjuries to the child.

1JBH3051

WARNINGWhen the air bags deploy, the airbag related parts in the steeringwheel and/or instrument paneland/or in both sides of the roof railsabove the front and rear doors arevery hot. To prevent injury, do nottouch the air bag storage area’sinternal components immediatelyafter an air bag has inflated.


363

C041000AAM

Air bag warning lightThe purpose of the air bag warning lightin your instrument panel is to alert you ofa potential problem with your air bag -Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).

When the ignition switch is turned ON,the warning light should illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds, then go off.Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.• The light blinks when the ignition

switch is in ON position.

WARNING• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a

rearward facing child restraint ona seat protected by an air bag infront of it!

• Never put a child restraint in thefront passenger’s seat. If the frontpassenger air bag inflates, itwould cause serious or fatalinjuries.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats of vehicleequipped with side and/or curtainair bags, be sure to install thechild restraint system as far awayfrom the door side as possible,and securely lock the childrestraint system in position.Inflation of side and/or curtain airbags could cause serious injuryor death to an infant or child.

W7-147

3 37


C040100AAM-EU

SRS components and functionsThe SRS consists of the following com-ponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Passenger's front air bag module3. Side impact air bag modules*4. Curtain air bag modules*5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies6. Air bag warning light7. SRS control module (SRSCM)8. Front impact sensors9. Side impact sensors*10. PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indi-

cator (Front passenger’s seat only)11. Occupant detection system (Front

passenger’s seat only)

12. Driver’s seat track position sensor13. Driver’s and front passenger’s seat

belt buckle sensors*: if equipped

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to require airbag deployment or pre-tensioner seatbelt deployment.The SRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate for about6 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, after which theSRS air bag warning light should go out.If any of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the SRS.Have an authorized KIA dealer inspectthe air bag system as soon as possible.• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.• The light blinks when the ignition

switch is in ON position.

The front air bag modules are locatedboth in the center of the steering wheeland in the front passenger's panel abovethe glove box. When the SRSCM detectsa sufficiently severe impact to the front ofthe vehicle, it will automatically deploythe front air bags.

B240B01L

Driver’s front air bag (1)

OAM039160N


383

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theair bags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt, slows thedriver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, reducing the risk of head andchest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility andthe ability to steer or operate other con-trols.

B240B02L B240B03L

Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)

WARNING • Do not install or place any acces-

sories (drink holder, cassetteholder, sticker, etc.) on the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box in a vehicle with a pas-senger's air bag. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

• When installing a container of liq-uid air freshener inside the vehi-cle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel surface.It may become a dangerous pro-jectile and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag

3 39


C040300AAM

Occupant detection systemYour vehicle is equipped with an occu-pant detection system in the front pas-senger's seat.The occupant detection system isdesigned to detect the presence of aproperly-seated front passenger anddetermine if the passenger's front air bagshould be enabled (may inflate) or not.The driver's front air bag is not affectedor controlled by the occupant detectionsystem.

WARNING• If an air bag deploys, there may

be a loud noise followed by a finedust released in the vehicle.These conditions are normal andare not hazardous - the air bagsare packed in this fine powder.The dust generated during airbag deployment may cause skinor eye irritation as well as aggra-vate asthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skinareas thoroughly with lukewarmwater and a mild soap after anaccident in which the air bagswere deployed.

• The SRS can function only whenthe ignition switch is in the ONposition. If the SRS air bag warn-ing light does not illuminate, orcontinuously remains on afterilluminating for about 6 secondswhen the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position, or after theengine is started, comes on whiledriving, the SRS is not workingproperly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle immediately inspected byan authorized KIA dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Before you replace a fuse or dis-

connect a battery terminal, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the ignitionswitch. Never remove or replacethe air bag related fuse(s) whenthe ignition switch is in the ONposition. Failure to heed thiswarning will cause the SRS airbag warning light to illuminate.

OAM039045N


403

Main components of occupant detec-tion system• A detection device located within the

front passenger seat track.• Electronic system to determine

whether passenger air bag systemsshould be activated or deactivated.

• A warning light located on the instru-ment panel which illuminates thewords PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicating the front passenger air bagsystem is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag warninglight is interconnected with the occu-pant detection system.

If the front passenger seat is occupied bya person that the system determines tobe of adult size, and he/she sits properly(sitting upright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on the seatcushion with their seat belt on, legs com-fortably extended and their feet on thefloor), the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator will turn off and the front pas-senger's air bag will be able to inflate, ifnecessary, in frontal crashes.You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator on the center facia panel.This system detects the conditions 1~4in the following table and activates ordeactivates the front passenger air bagbased on these conditions.

Always be sure that you and all vehicleoccupants are seated and restrainedproperly (sitting upright with the seat inan upright position, centered on the seatcushion, with the person’s legs comfort-ably extended, feet on the floor, andwearing the safety belt properly) for themost effective protection by the air bagand the safety belt.

• The ODS (Occupant Detection System)may not function properly if the passen-ger takes actions which can defeat thedetection system. These include:

(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.(2) Leaning against the door or center

console.(3) Sitting towards the sides or the front

of the seat.(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or rest-

ing them on other locations whichreduce the passenger weight on thefront seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safety belt.(6) Reclining the seat back.

3 41


WARNINGRiding in an improper position orplacing weight on the front passen-ger's seat when it is unoccupied bya passenger adversely affects theoccupant detection system (ODS).

(Continued)

C040301AHM-C1

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system

*1) The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits inthe front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child dependingon his/her physique and posture.

*2) Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a smaller child thanthe same age sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/heras an infant depending on his/her physique or posture.

*3) Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.

Condition detected by the occupantdetection system

1. Adult *1 or child age 13 and up*2

2. Infant or child restraint system

with 12 months old*3

3. Unoccupied

4. Malfunction in the system

Off

On

On

Off

Off

Off

Off

On

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

Activated

PASSENGER AIRBAG “OFF” indica-

tor light

SRS warninglight

Front passengerair bag

Indicator/Warning light Devices


423

1KMN3663

1KMN3664

1KMN3665

- Never sit with the hips shiftedtowards the front of the seat.

- Never lean on the center console.- Never sit on one side of the front

passenger seat.

- Never place the feet on the dash-board.

B990A08O

1KMN3662

- Never put a heavy load in thefront passenger seat.

- Never excessively recline thefront passenger seatback.

OVQ036014N

- Never place the feet on the frontpassenger seatback.

(Continued)

3 43


When an adult is seated in the front pas-senger seat, if the PASSENGER AIRBAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn the igni-tion switch to the LOCK position and askthe passenger to sit properly (sittingupright with the seat back in an uprightposition, centered on the seat cushionwith their seat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on the floor).Restart the engine and have the personremain in that position. This will allow thesystem to detect the person and toenable the passenger air bag.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indi-cator is still on, ask the passenger tomove to the rear seat.

✽✽ NOTICEThe PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-onds after the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position or after the engine isstarted. If the front passenger seat isoccupied, the occupant detection sensorwill then classify the front passengerafter several more seconds.

B990A01O

WARNINGDo not allow an adult passenger toride in the front seat when the PAS-SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicatoris illuminated, because the air bagwill not deploy in the event of acrash. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator remains illuminat-ed after the passenger repositionsthemselves properly and the car isrestarted, it is recommended thatpassenger move to the rear seatbecause the passenger's front airbag will not deploy.Front seat passengers must stayproperly seated to avoid seriousinjury from a deploying air bag.

WARNINGDo not put a heavy load in the frontpassenger seatback pocket or onthe front passenger seat. Do nothang onto the front passenger seat.Do not hang any items such asseatback table on the front passen-ger seatback. Do not place feet onthe front passenger seatback. Donot place any items under the frontpassenger seat. Any of these couldinterfere with proper sensor opera-tion.

Proper position


443

(Continued)• Air bags can only be used once –

have an authorized KIA dealerreplace the air bag immediatelyafter deployment.

• A smaller-stature adult who is notseated correctly (for example:seat excessively reclined, leaningon the center console, or hipsshifted forward in the seat) cancause a condition where theadvanced frontal air bag systemsenses less weight than if theoccupant were seated properly(sitting upright with the seatbackin an upright position, centeredon the seat cushion with theirseat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on thefloor).This condition can result in anadult potentially being misclassi-fied and illumination of the PAS-SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indica-tor.

(Continued)• Do not modify or replace the front

passenger seat. Don't place any-thing on or attach anything suchas a blanket or after market seatheater to the front passengerseat.This can adversely affect theoccupant detection system.

• Do not sit on sharp objects suchas tools when occupying thefront passenger seat. This canadversely affect the occupantdetection system.

• Do not use accessory seat cov-ers on the front seats.

• Accident statistics show thatchildren are safer if they arerestrained in the rear, as opposedto the front seat. It is recom-mended that child restraints besecured in a rear seat, includingan infant riding in a rear-facinginfant seat, a child riding in a for-ward-facing child seat and anolder child riding in a boosterseat.

(Continued)

WARNING• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupantdetection system, never install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat. A deploying airbag can forcefully strike a childresulting in serious injuries ordeath. Any child age 12 andunder should ride in the rear seat.Children too large for childrestraints should use the avail-able lap/shoulder belts. No mat-ter what type of crash, children ofall ages are safer when restrainedin the rear seat.

• If the PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator is illuminatedwhen the front passenger's seatis occupied by an adult andhe/she sits properly (sittingupright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on theseat cushion with their seat belton, legs comfortably extendedand their feet on the floor), havethat person sit in the rear seat.

(Continued)

3 45


C040400AAM-EC

Driver's and passenger's front airbagYour vehicle is equipped with anAdvanced Supplemental Restraint (AirBag) System and lap/shoulder belts atboth the driver and passenger seatingposition.

The indications of the system's presenceare the letters "AIR BAG" embossed onthe air bag pad cover in the steeringwheel and the passenger's side frontpanel pad above the glove box.

The SRS consists of air bags installedunder the pad covers in the center of thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel above the glove box.The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficientseverity. The SRS uses sensors to gath-er information about the driver's seatposition, the driver's and front passen-ger's seat belt usage and impact severi-ty.

WARNINGIf the occupant detection system isnot working properly, the SRS airbag warning light on the instru-ment panel will illuminate becausethe passenger's front air bag isconnected with the occupantdetection system. If there is a mal-function of the occupant detectionsystem, the PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator will not illuminateand the passenger's front air bagwill inflate in frontal impact crasheseven if there is no occupant in thefront passenger's seat. If the SRSair bag warning light does not illu-minate when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, remainsilluminated after approximately 6seconds when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, have an authorizedKIA dealer inspect the occupantdetection system and the SRS airbag system as soon as possible.

OAM039027

OAM039028

Driver’s front air bag

Passenger’s front air bag


463

The driver's seat track position sensor,which is installed on the seat track, deter-mine if the seat is fore or aft of a refer-ence position. The seat belt buckle sen-sors determine if the driver and front pas-senger's seat belts are fastened.

These sensors provide the ability to con-trol the SRS deployment based on howclose the driver's seat is to the steeringwheel, whether or not the seat belts arefastened, and how severe the impact is.

The advanced SRS offers the ability tocontrol the air bag inflation with two lev-els. A first stage level is provided for mod-erate-severity impacts. A second stagelevel is provided for more severe impacts.

The passenger’s front air bag is designedto help reduce the injury of children sit-ting close to the instrument panel in lowspeed collisions. However, children aresafer if they are restraint in the rear seat.

According to the impact severity, seatingposition and seat belt usage, the SRSCM(SRS Control Module) controls the airbag inflation. Failure to properly wearseat belts can increase the risk or sever-ity of injury in an accident.

Additionally, your vehicle is equippedwith an occupant detection system in thefront passenger's seat. The occupantdetection system detects the presence ofa passenger in the front passenger's seatand will turn off the front passenger's airbag under certain conditions. For moredetail, see "Occupant detection system"in this section.

WARNINGIf a seat track position sensor or anoccupant detection system is notworking properly, the SRS air bagwarning light on the instrumentpanel will illuminate because theSRS air bag warning light is con-nected with the seat track positionsensor and the occupant detectionsystem. If the SRS air bag warninglight does not illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition, remains illuminated afterapproximately 6 seconds when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition, or if it illuminates whilethe vehicle is being driven, have anauthorized KIA dealer inspect theadvanced SRS air bag system assoon as possible.

WARNING• Modification to the seat structure

can adversely affect the seattrack position sensor and causethe air bag to deploy at a differentlevel than should be provided.

• Do not place any objects under-neath the front seats as theycould damage the seat trackposition sensor or interfere withthe occupant detection system.

• Do not place any objects that maycause magnetic fields near thefront seat. These may cause amalfunction of the seat trackposition sensor.

3 47


✽✽ NOTICE• Be sure to read information about the

SRS on the labels provided on the sunvisor.

• Advanced air bags are combined withpre-tensioner seat belts to help provideenhanced occupant protection infrontal crashes. Front air bags are notintended to deploy in collisions inwhich sufficient protection can be pro-vided by the pre-tensioner seat belt.

WARNINGManufacturers are required by gov-ernment regulations to provide acontact point concerning modifica-tions to the vehicle for persons withdisabilities, which modificationsmay affect the vehicle’s advancedair bag system. However, KIA doesnot endorse nor will it support anychanges to any part or structure ofthe vehicle that could affect theadvanced air bag system, includingthe occupant detection system.Specifically, the front passengerseat, dashboard or door should notbe replaced except by an author-ized KIA dealer using original KIAparts designed for this vehicle andmodel. Any other such replacementor modification could adverselyaffect the operation of the occupantdetection system and youradvanced air bags. For the samereason, do not attach anything tothe seat, dashboard or door, eventemporarily. If the system isadversely affected, it could causesevere personal injuries or death ina collision.

(Continued)• Never place a child in any child or

booster seat in the front seat.• ABC – Always Buckle Children in

the back seat. It is the safestplace for children of any age toride.

• Front and side air bags can injureoccupants improperly positionedin the front seats.

• Move your seat as far back aspractical from the front air bags,while still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

• You and your passengers shouldnever sit or lean unnecessarilyclose to the air bags. Improperlypositioned drivers and passen-gers can be severely injured byinflating air bags.

• Never lean against the door orcenter console – always sit in anupright position.

• Do not allow a passenger to ridein the front seat when the PAS-SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indica-tor is illuminated, because the airbag will not deploy in the event ofa moderate or severe frontalcrash.

(Continued)

WARNINGAlways use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, every time,everyone! Air bags inflate with con-siderable force and in the blink ofan eye. Seat belts help keep occu-pants in proper position to obtainmaximum benefit from the air bag.Even with advanced air bags,improperly and unbelted occupantscan be severely injured when theair bag inflates. Always follow theprecautions about seat belts, airbags and occupant safety con-tained in this manual.To reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries and receive the maxi-mum safety benefit from yourrestraint system:

(Continued)


483

OEP036096N

OVQ036018N

1VQA2091

Rear impact

Side impact

Rollover

(Continued)• No objects should be placed over

or near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to deploy.

• Never place covers, blankets oraftermarket seat warmers on thepassenger seat as these mayinterfere with the occupant detec-tion system.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental deployment of the air bagsor by rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the SRS air bag warning light

remains illuminated while thevehicle is being driven, have anauthorized KIA dealer inspect theair bag system as soon as possi-ble.

• Air bags can only be used once –have an authorized KIA dealerreplace the air bag immediatelyafter deployment.

• The SRS is designed to deploythe front air bags only when animpact is sufficiently severe andwhen the impact angle is lessthan 30° from the forward longitu-dinal axis of the vehicle.Additionally, the air bags will onlydeploy once. Seat belts must beworn at all times.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Front air bags are not intended to

deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. Inaddition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold.

(Continued)

3 49


C040600AAM-EU

Side impact air bag (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a sideimpact air bag in each front seat. Thepurpose of the air bag is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt alone.

(Continued)• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can result in serious or fatalinjury in a crash. All occupantsshould sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withtheir seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet onthe floor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved.

• The SRS air bag system mustdeploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If an occu-pant is out of position because ofnot wearing a seat belt, the airbag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious or fatalinjuries.

(Continued)• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupantdetection system, do not install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger seat position. A childrestraint system must never beplaced in the front seat.The infantor child could be severely injuredor killed by an air bag deploymentin case of an accident.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he orshe must be properly belted andthe seat should be moved as farback as possible.

• For maximum safety protection inall types of crashes, all occu-pants including the driver shouldalways wear their seat beltswhether or not an air bag is alsoprovided at their seating positionto minimize the risk of severeinjury or death in the event of acrash. Do not sit or lean unneces-sarily close to the air bag whilethe vehicle is in motion.

(Continued)

OUN026141

OAM039029


503

The side impact air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side-impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and point of impact. Theside air bags are not designed to deployin all side impact situations.

(Continued)• Do not install any accessories on

the side or near the side impactair bag.

• Do not place any objects over theair bag or between the air bagand yourself.

• Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental side airbag inflates.

• To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side impact air bagthat may result in personal injury,avoid impact to the side impactsensor when the ignition switchis on.

• If seat or seat cover is damaged,have the vehicle checked andrepaired by an authorized KIAdealer. Inform that your vehicle isequipped with side impact airbags and an occupant detectionsystem.

WARNING• The side impact air bag is sup-

plemental to the driver's and thepassenger's seat belt systemsand is not a substitute for them.Therefore your seat belts must beworn at all times while the vehicleis in motion. The air bags deployonly in certain side impact condi-tions severe enough to causesignificant injury to the vehicleoccupants.

• For best protection from the sideair bag system and to avoid beinginjured by the deploying side airbag, both front seat occupantsshould sit in an upright positionwith the seat belt properly fas-tened. The driver's hands shouldbe placed on the steering wheelat the 9:00 and 3:00 positions.The passenger's arms and handsshould be placed on their laps.

• Do not use any accessory seatcovers.

• Use of seat covers could reduceor prevent the effectiveness ofthe system.

(Continued)

3 51


C040700AUN

Curtain air bag (if equipped)Curtain air bags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the front andrear doors.They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupants andthe rear outboard seat occupants in cer-tain side impact collisions.

The curtain air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and impact. The curtainair bags are not designed to deploy in allside impact situations, collisions from thefront or rear of the vehicle or in mostrollover situations.

WARNING• In order for side and curtain air

bags to provide the best protec-tion, both front seat occupantsand both outboard rear occu-pants should sit in an uprightposition with the seat belts prop-erly fastened. Importantly, chil-dren should sit in a proper childrestraint system in the rear seat.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When children are seated in the

rear outboard seats, they must beseated in the proper childrestraint system. Make sure toput the child restraint system asfar away from the door side aspossible, and secure the childrestraint system in a locked posi-tion.

• Do not allow the passengers tolean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and passen-gers when they are seated onseats equipped with side and/orcurtain air bags.

• Never try to open or repair anycomponents of the side curtainair bag system. This should onlybe done by an authorized KIAdealer.

Failure to follow the above men-tioned instructions can result ininjury or death to the vehicle occu-pants in an accident.

OAM039034

OUN026091


523

C040800AAM

Why didn’t my air bag go off in acollision? (Inflation and non-infla-tion conditions of the air bag)There are many types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not be expect-ed to provide additional protection.These include rear impacts, second orthird collisions in multiple impactaccidents, as well as low speedimpacts. In other words, just becauseyour vehicle is damaged and even if itis totally unusable, don’t be surprisedthat the air bags did not inflate.

Air bag collision sensors(1) SRS control module(2) Front impact sensor(3) Side impact sensor (if equipped)

OAM039031L/OAM039031/OAM039032/OAM039033

1 2 3

3 53


C040801AAM

Air bag inflation conditionsFront air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in afrontal collision depending on the intensi-ty, speed or angles of impact of the frontcollision.

1VQA2084

WARNING• Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where airbags or sensors are installed.This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or they maynot deploy when they should,causing severe injury or death.Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around the airbag sensors. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized KIA dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sensor

installation angles are changeddue to the deformation of thefront bumper, body or B pillarwhere side collision sensors areinstalled. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized KIA dealer.

• Your vehicle has been designedto absorb impact and deploy theair bag(s) in certain collisions.Installing aftermarket bumperguards or replacing a bumperwith non-genuine parts mayadversely affect your vehicle’scollision and air bag deploymentperformance.


543

Side impact and/or curtain air bags (if equipped)Side impact and/or curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate when an impact isdetected by side collision sensorsdepending on the strength, speed orangles of impact resulting from a sideimpact collision.

Although the front air bags (driver’s andfront passenger’s air bags) are designedto inflate only in frontal collisions, theyalso may inflate in other types of colli-sions if the front impact sensors detect asufficient impact. Side air bags (sideimpact and/or curtain air bags) aredesigned to inflate only in side impactcollisions, but they may inflate in othercollisions if the side impact sensorsdetect a sufficient impact.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimproved roadsor sidewalks, air bags may deploy. Drivecarefully on unimproved roads or on sur-faces not designed for vehicle traffic toprevent unintended air bag deployment.

C040802AHM

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause they may not provide benefitsbeyond the protection of the seat beltsin such collisions.

1VQA2086

OVQ036018N

OUN026090

3 55


• Air bags are not designed to inflate inrear collisions, because occupants aremoved backward by the force of theimpact. In this case, inflated air bagswould not be able to provide any addi-tional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove to the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, frontal air bagdeployment would not provide addi-tional occupant protection.However, if equipped with side impactand curtain air bags, the air bags mayinflate depending on the intensity, vehi-cle speed and angles of impact.

• In an angled collision, the force ofimpact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags would notbe able to provide any additional bene-fit, and thus the sensors may notdeploy any air bags.

OUN036087 1VQA2089OVQ036018N


563

• Just before impact, drivers often brakeheavily. Such heavy braking lowers thefront portion of the vehicle causing it to“ride” under a vehicle with a higherground clearance. Air bags may notinflate in this "under-ride" situationbecause deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors may be signifi-cantly reduced by such “under-ride”collisions.

• Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci-dents because air bag deploymentwould not provide protection to theoccupants.However, if equipped with side impactand curtain air bags, the air bags mayinflate when the vehicle is rolled overby a side impact collision.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated to one area andthe full force of the impact is not deliv-ered to the sensors.

1VQA2090 1VQA2091 1VQA2092

3 57


C041100AUN

SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand so there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by an authorizedKIA dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or anywork on the steering wheel must be per-formed by an authorized KIA dealer.Improper handling of the SRS systemmay result in serious personal injury.

WARNING• Modification to SRS components

or wiring, including the additionof any kind of badges to the padcovers or modifications to thebody structure, can adverselyaffect SRS performance and leadto possible injury.

• For cleaning the air bag pad cov-ers, use only a soft, dry cloth orone which has been moistenedwith plain water. Solvents orcleaners could adversely affectthe air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules on thesteering wheel, instrument panel,and the front passenger's panelabove the glove box, because anysuch object could cause harm if thevehicle is in a crash severe enoughto cause the air bags to inflate.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the air bags inflate, they must

be replaced by an authorized KIAdealer.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental inflation of the air bags orby rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If components of the air bag sys-tem must be discarded, or if thevehicle must be scrapped, certainsafety precautions must beobserved. An authorized KIAdealer knows these precautionsand can give you the necessaryinformation. Failure to followthese precautions and proce-dures could increase the risk ofpersonal injury.

• If your car was flooded and hassoaked carpeting or water onflooring, you shouldn't try to startthe engine; have the car towed toan authorized KIA dealer.


583

C041300AUN

Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupants shouldsit upright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor.

• Passengers should not move out ofor change seats while the vehicle ismoving. A passenger who is not wear-ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-gency stop can be thrown against theinside of the vehicle, against otheroccupants, or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If more thanone person uses the same seat belt,they could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

• Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improveoccupant comfort or reposition the seatbelt can reduce the protection providedby the seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

• Passengers should not place hardor sharp objects between them-selves and the air bags. Carryinghard or sharp objects on your lap or inyour mouth can result in injuries if anair bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from the airbag covers. All occupants should situpright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor. If occupants are too close to theair bag covers, they could be injured ifthe air bags inflate.

• Do not attach or place objects on ornear the air bag covers. Any objectattached to or placed on the front orside air bag covers could interfere withthe proper operation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seats couldinterfere with the operation of the sup-plemental restraint system sensingcomponents or side air bags.

• Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the operationof the supplemental restraint systemsensing components and wiring har-nesses.

• Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event of acrash. All infants and children shouldbe properly restrained in appropriatechild safety seats or seat belts in therear seat.

C041400AUN

Adding equipment to or modify-ing your air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

WARNING• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can cause occupants to beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehicleresulting in serious injury ordeath.

• Always sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withyour seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and your feet onthe floor.

3 59


C041200AUN-EC

Air bag warning labelAir bag warning labels, some required bythe Canada Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (CMVSS), are attached toalert the driver and passengers of poten-tial risks of the air bag system.

OAM039041

4

Keys / 4-2Remote keyless entry / 4-6Door locks / 4-8Tailgate / 4-12Windows / 4-14Hood / 4-17Fuel filler lid / 4-19Sunroof / 4-22

Steering wheel / 4-26Mirrors / 4-28Instrument cluster / 4-32Rearview camera / 4-46Hazard warning flasher / 4-46Lighting / 4-47Wipers and washers / 4-51Interior light / 4-54Defroster / 4-56Manual climate control system / 4-57Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-66Storage compartment / 4-68Interior features / 4-70Exterior feature / 4-74Audio system / 4-75



24

D010100AUN

Record your key numberThe key code number is stamped on thebar code tag attached to the key set.Should you lose your keys, this numberwill enable an authorized KIA dealer toduplicate the keys easily. Remove the barcode tag and store it in a safe place. Also,record the code number and keep it in asafe place (not in the vehicle).

D010200AAM

Key operations• Used to start the engine.• Used to lock and unlock the doors.

KEYS

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended in avehicle with the ignition key is dan-gerous even if the key is not in theignition switch. Children copyadults and they could place the keyin the ignition switch. The ignitionkey would enable children to oper-ate power windows or other con-trols, or even make the vehiclemove, which could result in seriousbodily injury or even death. Neverleave the keys in your vehicle withunsupervised children.

OUN026060

WARNINGUse only KIA original parts for theignition key in your vehicle. If anaftermarket key is used, the ignitionswitch may not return to ON afterSTART. If this happens, the starterwill continue to operate causingdamage to the starter motor andpossible fire due to excessive cur-rent in the wiring.

OUN046100L

4 3


D010300AAM-EC

Immobilizer systemYour vehicle may be equipped with anelectronic engine immobilizer system toreduce the risk of unauthorized vehicleuse.Your immobilizer system is comprised ofa small transponder in the ignition keyand electronic devices inside the vehicle.With the immobilizer system, wheneveryou insert your ignition key into the igni-tion switch and turn it to ON, it checksand determines and verifies that the igni-tion key is valid.If the key is determined to be valid, theengine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid, theengine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizer sys-tem:Insert the ignition key into the key cylin-der and turn it to the ON position.

To activate the immobilizer system:Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.The immobilizer system activates auto-matically. Without a valid ignition key foryour vehicle, the engine will not start.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not use thekey with other immobilizer keys around.Otherwise the engine may not start ormay stop soon after it starts. Keep eachkey separately in order to avoid a start-ing malfunction.

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessories nearthe ignition switch.Metal accessories may interrupt thetransponder signal and may pre-vent the engine from being started.

WARNINGIn order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle. YourImmobilizer password is a cus-tomer unique password and shouldbe kept confidential. Do not leavethis number anywhere in your vehi-cle.

OHM048231N


44

✽✽ NOTICEIf you need additional keys or lose yourkeys, consult an authorized KIA dealer.

This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your ignitionkey is an important part of theimmobilizer system. It is designedto give years of trouble-free service,however you should avoid expo-sure to moisture, static electricityand rough handling. Immobilizersystem malfunction could occur.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust theimmobilizer system because itcould cause the immobilizer sys-tem to malfunction and should onlybe serviced by an authorized KIAdealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the immobilizer systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority to operatethe equipment.

4 5


D010301AUN-EC

Limp home (override) procedureWhen you turn the ignition switch to theON position, if the immobilizer indicator( ) goes off after blinking 5 times,your transponder equipped in the ignitionkey is out of order. You cannot start theengine without the lime home procedure.To start the engine, you have to inputyour password by using the ignitionswitch.The following procedure is how to inputyour password of “2345” as an example.1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion. The immobilizer indicator ( )will blink 5 times and go off indicatingthe beginning of the limp home proce-dure.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the ACCposition.

3. To enter the first digit (in this example“2”), turn the ignition switch to the ONand ACC position twice. Perform thesame procedure for the next digitsbetween 3 seconds and 10 seconds(for example, for “3”, turn the ignitionON and ACC 3 times).

4. If all of the digits have been input suc-cessfully, you have to start the enginewithin 30 seconds. If you attempt tostart the engine after 30 seconds, theengine will not start and you will haveto input your password again.

After performing the limp home proce-dure, you have to see an authorized KIAdealer immediately to inspect and repairyour ignition key or immobilizer system.


64

Remote keyless entry systemoperationsD020101AAM-EU

Lock (1)All doors (and tailgate) are locked if thelock button is pressed.If all doors (and tailgate) are closed, thehazard warning lights will blink once toindicate that all doors (and tailgate) arelocked.However, if any door (or tailgate) remainsopen, the hazard warning lights will notoperate. But if all doors (and tailgate) areclosed after the lock button is pressed,the hazard warning lights will blink once.

D020102BHM-EU

Unlock (2)The driver's door is unlocked if the unlockbutton is pressed once. The hazardwarning lights will blink twice to indicatethat the driver's door is unlocked.All doors (and tailgate) are unlocked ifthe unlock button is pressed once morewithin 4 seconds. The hazard warninglights will blink twice again to indicatethat all doors (and tailgate) are unlocked.After pressing this button, the doors (andtailgate) will be locked automaticallyunless you open any door within 30 sec-onds.

D020105AHM

Alarm (3)The horn sounds and the hazard warninglights blink for about 30 seconds if thisbutton is pressed for more than 0.5 sec-onds. To stop the horn and lights, pressany button on the transmitter.

D020200AAM-EC

Transmitter precautions✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if any ofthe following occurs:• The ignition key is in the ignition

switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 10 m [30 feet]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not workproperly, open and close the door withthe ignition key. If you have a problemwith the transmitter, contact an author-ized KIA dealer.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

OAM049001A

CAUTIONKeep the transmitter away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

4 7


This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

D020300AHM

Battery replacementA transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium batterywhich will normally last for several years.When replacement is necessary, use thefollowing procedure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen-

tly pry open the transmitter centercover.

2. Replace the battery with a new battery(CR2032). When replacing the battery,make sure the battery positive “+” sym-bol faces up as indicated in the illus-tration.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

For transmitter replacement, see anauthorized KIA dealer to reprogram thetransmitter.

CAUTIONChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. If the keyless entrysystem is inoperative due tochanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

OAM049002

CAUTION• The keyless entry system trans-

mitter is designed to give youyears of trouble-free use, howev-er it can malfunction if exposed tomoisture or static electricity. Ifyou are unsure how to use yourtransmitter or replace the battery,contact an authorized KIA dealer.

• Using the wrong battery cancause the transmitter to malfunc-tion. Be sure to use the correctbattery.

• To avoid damaging the transmit-ter, don't drop it, get it wet, orexpose it to heat or sunlight.


84

D050100AAM-EU

Operating door locks from out-side the vehicle • Turn the key toward the front of the

vehicle to unlock and toward the rear ofthe vehicle to lock.

• If you lock the driver’s door with a key,all vehicle doors will lock automatically.

• From the driver’s door, turn the key tothe left once to unlock the door andonce more within 4 seconds to unlockall doors.

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter.

• Once the doors are unlocked, they maybe opened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure the doors areclosed securely.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operatingtemporarily in order to protect thecircuit and prevent damage to systemcomponents.

• To lock a door without the key, push theinside door lock button (1) or centraldoor lock switch (2) to the “Lock” posi-tion and close the door (3).

• If you lock the door with the centraldoor lock switch (2), all vehicle doorswill lock automatically.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways remove the ignition key, engagethe parking brake, close all windowsand lock all doors when leaving yourvehicle unattended.

DOOR LOCKS

OAM049003

Unlock

Lock

OAM049004

4 9


Operating door locks from insidethe vehicleD050201AHM-EU

With the door lock button• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position. Thered mark (2) on the button will be visi-ble.

• To lock a door, push the door lock but-ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If the dooris locked properly, the red mark (2) onthe door lock button will not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the driver’s(or front passenger’s) door is pulledwhen the door lock button is in the lockposition, the button will unlock and thedoor will open. (if equipped)

• Front doors cannot be locked if theignition key is in the ignition switch andany front door is opened.

WARNING - Door lock mal-function

If a power door lock ever fails tofunction while you are in the vehi-cle, try one or more of the followingtechniques to exit:• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic andmanual) while simultaneouslypulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks andhandles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use thekey to unlock the door from out-side.

• Move to the cargo area and openthe tailgate.

OAM049005

Lock Unlock


104

D050202AAM-EU

With central door lock switchOperate by pressing the central door lockswitch.• When pressing the front portion (1) of

the switch, all vehicle doors will lock.• When pressing the rear portion (2) of

the switch, all vehicle doors will unlock.• If the key is in the ignition switch and

any front door is opened, the doors willnot lock even though the front portion(1) of the central door lock switch ispressed.

WARNING - Unlockedvehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlocked caninvite theft or possible harm to youor others from someone hiding inyour vehicle while you are gone.Always remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannot escapethe vehicle. Furthermore, childrenmight operate features of the vehi-cle that could injure them, or theycould encounter other harm, possi-bly from someone gaining entry tothe vehicle. Never leave children oranimals unattended in your vehicle.

WARNING - Doors• The doors should always be fully

closed and locked while the vehi-cle is in motion to prevent acci-dental opening of the door.Locked doors will also discour-age potential intruders when thevehicle stops or slows down.

• Be careful when opening doorsand watch for vehicles, motorcy-cles, bicycles or pedestriansapproaching the vehicle in thepath of the door. Opening a doorwhen something is approachingcan cause damage or injury.

OAM049006/OHM048010

Passenger’s doorDriver’s door

4 11


D050300AAM-EU

Impact sensing door unlock system (if equipped)In the event of air bag deployment result-ing from a vehicle impact, all doors willautomatically unlock.

D050500AAM

Child-protector rear door lockThe child safety lock is provided to helpprevent children from accidentally open-ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should beused whenever children are in the vehi-cle.1. Open the rear door.2. Push the child safety lock located on

the rear edge of the door to the lock( ) position. When the child safetylock is in the lock position, the reardoor will not open even when the innerdoor handle is pulled.

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the outsidedoor handle (1).Even though the doors may be unlocked,the rear door will not open by pulling theinner door handle (2) until the rear doorchild safety lock is unlocked.

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

If children accidentally open therear doors while the vehicle is inmotion, they could fall out of thevehicle, resulting in severe injury ordeath. To prevent children fromopening the rear doors from theinside, the rear door safety locksshould be used whenever childrenare in the vehicle.

OAM049008


124

D070100AAM-EE

Opening the tailgate• The tailgate is locked or unlocked

when all doors are locked or unlockedwith the key, transmitter or central doorlock switch.

• If unlocked, the tailgate can be openedby pressing the handle switch and thenpulling the handle up.

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, door lock anddoor mechanisms may not work proper-ly due to freezing conditions.

D070200AAM

Closing the tailgateTo close the tailgate, lower and pushdown the tailgate firmly. Make sure thatthe tailgate is securely latched.

TAILGATE

OAM049009

WARNINGThe tailgate swings upward. Makesure no objects or people are nearthe rear of the vehicle when open-ing the tailgate.

CAUTIONMake certain that you close the tail-gate before driving your vehicle.Possible damage may occur to thetailgate lift cylinders and attachedhardware if the tailgate is notclosed prior to driving.

WARNINGMake sure your hands, feet andother parts of your body are safelyout of the way before closing thetailgate.

WARNING - Exhaustfumes

If you drive with the tailgateopened, you will draw dangerousexhaust fumes into your vehiclewhich can cause serious injury ordeath to vehicle occupants.If you must drive with the tailgateopened, keep the air vents and allwindows open so that additionaloutside air comes into the vehicle.

4 13


D070300AHM

Emergency tailgate safety releaseYour vehicle is equipped with the emer-gency tailgate safety release lever locat-ed on the bottom of the tailgate. Whensomeone is inadvertently locked in theluggage compartment, the tailgate canbe opened by pushing the release leverand pushing open the tailgate.

WARNING• For emergencies, be fully aware

of the location of the emergencytailgate safety release lever in thevehicle and how to open the tail-gate if you are accidentallylocked in the luggage compart-ment.

• No one should be allowed tooccupy the luggage compartmentof the vehicle at any time. Theluggage compartment is a verydangerous location in the eventof a crash.

• Use the release lever for emer-gencies only. Use with extremecaution, especially while the vehi-cle is in motion.

OAM049010

WARNING - Rear cargoarea

Occupants should never ride in therear cargo area where no restraintsare available. To avoid injury in theevent of an accident or suddenstops, occupants should always beproperly restrained.


144

D080000AUN

(1) Driver’s door power window switch(2) Front passenger’s door power win-

dow switch(3) Rear door (left) power window switch(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window down

(Driver’s window)(7) Power window lock switch

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power windowsmay not work properly due to freezingconditions.

WINDOWS

OAM049011

4 15


D080100AAM

Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power window switchthat controls the door's window. The driv-er has a power window lock button whichcan block the operation of passengerwindows. The power windows can beoperated for approximately 30 secondsafter the ignition key is removed or turnedto the ACC or LOCK position. However, ifthe front doors are opened, the powerwindows cannot be operated even withinthe 30 second period.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile driving with the rear windowsdown or with the sunroof (if equipped)in an open (or partially open) position,your vehicle may demonstrate a windbuffeting or pulsation noise. This noiseis a normal occurrence and can bereduced or eliminated by taking the fol-lowing actions. If the noise occurs withone or both of the rear windows down,partially lower both front windowsapproximately one inch. If you experi-ence the noise with the sunroof open,slightly reduce the size of the sunroofopening.

D080101AUN

Window opening and closingThe driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all the win-dows in the vehicle.To open or close a window, press downor pull up the front portion of the corre-sponding switch to the first detent posi-tion (5).

D080102AAM

Auto down window (if equipped) (Driver’s window)Pressing the power window switchmomentarily to the second detent posi-tion (6) completely lowers the driver’swindow even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, momentarily pull the switch inthe direction opposite of the window’smovement.

OAM049013 OAM049012


164

D080104AAM

Power window lock button• The driver can disable the power win-

dow switches on the passenger doorsby pressing the power window lock but-ton located on the driver’s door to theLOCK position (pressed).

• When the power window lock buttonis in the LOCK position (pressed),the driver’s master control cannotoperate the passenger door powerwindows.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do notopen or close two windows ormore at the same time. This willalso ensure the longevity of thefuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in opposite directions atthe same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot beopened or closed.

WARNING - Windows• NEVER leave the ignition key in

the vehicle.• NEVER leave any child unattend-

ed in the vehicle. Even veryyoung children may inadvertentlycause the vehicle to move, entan-gle themselves in the windows,or otherwise injure themselves orothers.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, head andother obstructions are safely outof the way before closing a win-dow.

• Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lockbutton in the LOCK position(pressed). Serious injury canresult from unintentional windowoperation by the child.

• Do not extend any head or armsoutside the window while driving.

OAM049014

4 17


D090100AUN-U1

Opening the hood 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the

hood. The hood should pop openslightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise thehood slightly, pull the secondary latchinside of the hood center and lift thehood.

3.Pull out the support rod from the hood.4.Hold the hood open with the support

rod.

HOOD

OAM049015 OAM049016 OAM049017

WARNING - Hot partsGrasp the support rod in the areawrapped in rubber. The rubber willhelp prevent you from being burnedby hot metal when the engine ishot.


184

D090200AAM

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-

lowing:• All filler caps in the engine compart-

ment must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Return the support rod to its clip toprevent it from rattling.

3. Lower the hood until it is about 30 cm(1 ft.) above the closed position and letit drop. Make sure that it locks intoplace.

WARNING• Before closing the hood, ensure

that all obstructions are removedfrom the hood opening. Closingthe hood with an obstructionpresent in the hood opening mayresult in property damage orsevere personal injury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

WARNING • Always double check to be sure

that the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If it is notlatched, the hood could openwhile the vehicle is being driven,causing total loss of visibility,which might result in an accident.

• The support rod must be insertedcompletely into the hole providedwhenever you inspect the enginecompartment. This will preventthe hood from falling and possi-bly injuring you.

• Do not move the vehicle with thehood raised. The view will beblocked and the hood could fallor get damaged.

4 19


D100100AAM

Opening the fuel filler lidThe fuel filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pulling up the fuelfiller lid opener lever.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the fuel filler lid does not openbecause ice has formed around it, taplightly or push on the lid to break the iceand release the lid. Do not pry on the lid.If necessary, spray around the lid withan approved de-icer fluid (do not useradiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicleto a warm place and allow the ice tomelt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the fuel

filler lid opener (if equipped) up.3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel filler

cap (2) counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

D100200AAM

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until

it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap issecurely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it inlightly making sure that it is securelyclosed.

D100300AAM-EC

FUEL FILLER LID

WARNING - Refueling• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it

can cover your clothes or skinand subject you to the risk of fireand burns. Always remove thefuel cap carefully and slowly. Ifthe cap is venting fuel or if youhear a hissing sound, wait untilthe condition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks, oth-erwise the Check Engine lightwill illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

OHD046014 OAM049089

(if equipped)


204

(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuelingsince you can generate staticelectricity by touching, rubbingor sliding against any item or fab-ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)capable of producing static elec-tricity. Static electricity dischargecan ignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching a metal partof the vehicle, away from the fuelfiller neck, nozzle or other gaso-line source.

• When using an approvedportable fuel container, be sure toplace the container on theground prior to refueling. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling hasbegun, contact with the vehicleshould be maintained until thefilling is complete.

(Continued)

WARNING - Refueling dan-gers

Automotive fuels are flammablematerials. When refueling, pleasenote the following guidelines care-fully. Failure to follow these guide-lines may result in severe personalinjury, severe burns or death by fireor explosion.• Read and follow all warnings

posted at the gas station facility.• Before refueling, note the loca-

tion of the Emergency GasolineShut-Off, if available, at the gasstation facility.

• Before touching the fuel nozzle,you should eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching another metalpart of the vehicle, a safe dis-tance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other gas source.

(Continued)

(Continued)Use only approved portable plas-tic fuel containers designed tocarry and store gasoline.

• Do not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cel-lular phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

• When refueling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling iscomplete, check to make sure thefiller cap and filler door aresecurely closed, before startingthe engine.

• DO NOT use matches or a lighterand DO NOT SMOKE or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle while ata gas station especially duringrefueling. Automotive fuel ishighly flammable and can, whenignited, result in fire.

(Continued)

4 21


(Continued)• If a fire breaks out during refuel-

ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi-cle, and immediately contact themanager of the gas station andthen contact the local fire depart-ment. Follow any safety instruc-tions they provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel with unleaded

fuel only.• If the fuel filler cap requires

replacement, use only a genuineKIA cap or the equivalent speci-fied for your vehicle. An incorrectfuel filler cap can result in a seri-ous malfunction of the fuel sys-tem or emission control system.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Any typeof fuel spilled on painted surfacesmay damage the paint.

• After refueling, make sure the fuelcap is installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage in the event ofan accident.


224

D110000AHM-EE

If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,you can slide or tilt your sunroof with thesunroof control lever located on the over-head console.

The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in theON position.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof

may not work properly due to freez-ing conditions.

• After the vehicle is washed or in arainstorm, be sure to wipe off anywater that is on the sunroof beforeoperating it.

✽✽ NOTICEThe sunroof cannot slide when it is inthe tilt position nor can it be tilted whilein an open or slide position.

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

OAM049018

CAUTIONDo not continue to move the sun-roof control lever after the sunroofis fully opened, closed, or tilted.Damage to the motor or systemcomponents could occur.

WARNING Never adjust the sunroof or sun-shade while driving. This couldresult in loss of control and an acci-dent that may cause death, seriousinjury, or property damage.

4 23


D110100AHM

Sliding the sunroof To open or close the sunroof (manualslide feature), pull or push the sunroofcontrol lever backward or forward to thefirst detent position.Pulling the control lever downward alsocloses the sunroof.

To open the sunroof automatically:Pull the sunroof control lever backward tothe second detent position and thenrelease it. The sunroof will slide openautomatically but will not open all theway. If you would like to completely openthe sunroof, pull the lever once more.However, the second time the lever ispulled, the sunroof will open only whilethe lever is pulled.To stop the sunroof sliding at any point,pull or push the sunroof control levermomentarily.

To close the sunroof automatically:Push the sunroof control lever forward tothe second detent position and thenrelease it. The sunroof will automaticallyclose all the way.To stop the sunroof sliding at any point,pull or push the sunroof control levermomentarily.

D110101AEN

Automatic reversalIf an object or part of the body is detect-ed while the sunroof is closing automati-cally, it will reverse the direction, and thenstop.The auto reverse function does not workif a tiny obstacle is between the slidingglass and the sunroof sash. You shouldalways check that all passengers andobjects are away from the sunroof beforeclosing it.

OAM049019 OHM048026


244

D110200AAM

Tilting the sunroof To open the sunroof (autotilt feature),push the sunroof control lever upward tothe second detent. The sunroof will tilt allthe way open. To stop the sunroof tiltingat any point, operate the control lever.To close the sunroof, pull the sunrooflever downward until the sunroof movesto the desired position.

D110300AEN

Sunshade The sunshade will automatically openwith the glass panel when the glasspanel is moved. Close it manually if youwant it closed.

WARNING - Sunroof• Be careful that no heads, hands

and body parts are obstructing aclosing sunroof.

• Do not extend the face, neck,arms or body outside the sunroofwhile driving.

• Make sure your hands and headare safely out of the way beforeclosing a sunroof.

CAUTION• Periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the guide rail.• If you try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, theglass or the motor could be dam-aged.

• The sunroof is made to slidetogether with the sunshade. Donot leave the sunshade closedwhile the sunroof is opened.

OAM049020 OBK049019

4 25


D110500AAM-EE

Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, you must resetyour sunroof system as follows:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. According to the position of the sun-roof, do the following.1) In case the sunroof is closed com-

pletely or tilted:Push the sunroof control leverupward until the sunroof tilts com-pletely upward.

2) In case the sunroof is open:Push the sunroof control lever for-ward until the sunroof closes com-pletely. Push the sunroof controllever upward until the sunroof tiltscompletely upward.

3. Release the sunroof control lever.4. Push the sunroof control lever upward

(for about 10 seconds) until the sun-roof has returned to the original tiltposition after it is raised a little higherthan the maximum tilt position. Then,release the lever.

5. Push the sunroof control lever upward(for about 6 seconds) until the sunroofoperates as follows;

TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN →SLIDE CLOSED

Then release the lever.

When this is complete, the sunroof sys-tem has been reset.


264

D130100AHM-EU-U1

Power steeringPower steering uses energy from theengine to assist you in steering the vehi-cle. If the engine is off or if the powersteering system becomes inoperative,the vehicle may still be steered, but it willrequire increased steering effort.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by an authorized KIA dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the power steering drive belt breaksor if the power steering pump malfunc-tions, steering effort will greatlyincrease.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle is parked for extendedperiods outside in cold weather (below-10°C/14°F), the power steering mayrequire increased effort when theengine is first started. This is caused byincreased fluid viscosity due to the coldweather and does not indicate a mal-function.When this happens, increase the engineRPM by depressing the accelerator untilthe RPM reaches 1,500 rpm then releaseor let the engine idle for two or threeminutes to warm up the fluid.

D130300AUN

Tilt steering Tilt steering allows you to adjust thesteering wheel before you drive. You canalso raise it to give your legs more roomwhen you exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,while permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

STEERING WHEEL

CAUTIONNever hold the steering wheel to theextreme right or left for more than 5seconds with the engine running.Holding the steering wheel for morethan 5 seconds in either positionmay cause damage to the powersteering pump.

WARNING• Never adjust the angle of the

steering wheel while driving. Youmay lose steering control andcause severe personal injury,death or accidents.

• After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to becertain it is locked in position.

4 27


To change the steering wheel angle, pulldown the lock-release lever (1), adjustthe steering wheel to the desired angle(2), then pull up the lock-release lever tolock the steering wheel in place. Be sureto adjust the steering wheel to thedesired position before driving.

D130500AUN

HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on your steering wheel. Check thehorn regularly to be sure it operatesproperly.

✽✽ NOTICETo sound the horn, press the area indi-cated by the horn symbol on your steer-ing wheel (see illustration). The horn willoperate only when this area is pressed.

OAM049021L

(if equipped)

OAM049022

CAUTIONDo not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist. Donot press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.


284

D140100AHM

Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror so that thecenter view through the rear window isseen. Make this adjustment before youstart driving.

D140101AHM

Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped)Make this adjustment before you startdriving and while the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce the glare from the headlights ofthe vehicles behind you during night driv-ing.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

D140102AHM-EE-C1

Electric chromic mirror (ECM) (if equipped)The electric rearview mirror automatical-ly controls the glare from the headlightsof the vehicles behind you in nighttime orlow light driving conditions. The sensormounted in the mirror senses the lightlevel around the vehicle, and automati-cally controls the headlight glare from thevehicles behind you.When the engine is running, the glare isautomatically controlled by the sensormounted in the rearview mirror.Whenever the shift lever is shifted intoreverse (R), the mirror will automaticallygo to the brightest setting in order toimprove the drivers view behind the vehi-cle.

MIRRORS

WARNING - Rear visibilityDo not place objects in the rearseat or cargo area which wouldinterfere with your vision throughthe rear window.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror. It may cause the liquidcleaner to enter the mirror housing.

WARNING Do not adjust the rearview mirrorwhile the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control, andan accident which could causedeath, serious injury or propertydamage.

OAM049023

Day

Night

4 29


To operate the electric rearview mirror:• The mirror defaults to the ON position

whenever the ignition switch is turnedon.

• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turnthe automatic dimming function off.The mirror indicator light will turn off.Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turnthe automatic dimming function on.The mirror indicator light will illuminate.

D140200AHM-EU

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust the mirror anglesbefore driving.Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearviewmirrors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch. The mir-ror heads can be folded back to preventdamage during an automatic car wash orwhen passing through a narrow street.

OAM049025

Indicator

Sensor

Rear view display(if equipped)

WARNING - Rearview mir-rors

• The right outside rearview mirroris convex. Objects seen in themirror are closer than theyappear.

• Use your interior rearview mirroror direct observation to deter-mine the actual distance of fol-lowing vehicles when changinglanes.

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass. If ice should restrictthe movement of the mirror, do notforce the mirror for adjustment. Toremove ice, use a deicer spray, or asponge or soft cloth with very warmwater.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice, donot adjust the mirror by force. Usean approved spray de-icer (not radi-ator antifreeze) to release thefrozen mechanism or move thevehicle to a warm place and allowthe ice to melt.


304

D140201APB

Remote controlManual type (if equipped) To adjust an outside mirror, move thecontrol lever.

D140201AHM-EE

Electric type (if equipped)The electric remote control mirror switchallows you to adjust the position of theleft and right outside rearview mirrors. Toadjust the position of either mirror theignition switch should be in the ACC posi-tion. Push the switch (1) to R or L toselect the right side mirror or the left sidemirror, then press a corresponding pointon the mirror adjustment control to posi-tion the selected mirror up, down, left orright.After the adjustment, put the switch intothe neutral (center) position to preventinadvertent adjustment.

WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehicleis moving. This could result in lossof control, and an accident whichcould cause death, serious injuryor property damage.

OAM049027B510A01E

4 31


D140202AHM-EU

Folding the outside rearview mirrorTo fold the outside rearview mirror, graspthe housing of the mirror and then fold ittoward the rear of the vehicle.

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switch isdepressed. Do not depress theswitch longer than necessary, themotor may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand.Doing so may damage the parts.

OAM049028


324

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer

2. Turn signal indicators

3. Speedometer

4. Engine temperature gauge

5. Warning and indicator lights

6. Shift position indicator*(Automatic transaxle only)

7. Odometer/Tripmeter*

8. Fuel gauge

* : if equipped

OAM049030CD150000AAM

14

586 7

2 2

3

5

* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.For more details refer to the "Gauges" in the next pages.

4 33


D150100AAM-EU

Instrument panel illumination(if equipped)When the vehicle’s parking lights orheadlights are on, rotate the illuminationcontrol knob to adjust the brightness ofthe instrument panel illumination.

GaugesD150201AHM

Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forwardspeed of the vehicle.The speedometer is calibrated in kilome-ters per hour and/or miles per hour.

D150202AHM

Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi-mate number of engine revolutions perminute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.

OAM049095 OAM049031L OAM049032


344

When the door is opened, or if the engineis not started within 1 minute, thetachometer pointer may move slightly inthe ON position with the engine OFF.This movement is normal and will notaffect the accuracy of the tachometeronce the engine is running.

D150203AUN

Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of theengine coolant when the ignition switchis ON.Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “If the engine overheats” in section 6.

OAM049033

CAUTIONIf the gauge pointer moves beyondthe normal range area toward the“H” position, it indicates overheat-ing that may damage the engine.

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE.This may cause severe engine dam-age.

WARNINGNever remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. The enginecoolant is under pressure andcould cause severe burns. Waituntil the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.

4 35


D150204BHM-EE

Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. The fuel tank capacity is given in sec-tion 8. The fuel gauge is supplemented bya low fuel warning light, which will illumi-nate when the fuel tank is nearly empty.On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual due to the movement of fuel in thetank.

D150205AAM

Odometer/Tripmeter (if equipped)Odometer, tripmeter A or B can beselected by pressing the TRIP button forless than 1 second.

OAM049034 OAM049035

WARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addition-al fuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to theE level.

CAUTIONAvoid driving with a very low fuellevel. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, damag-ing catalytic converter.


364

OdometerThe odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is forbidden to alter the odometer ofall vehicles with the intent to change themileage registered on the odometer. Thealteration may void your warranty cov-erage.

TripmeterTRIP A : Tripmeter ATRIP B : Tripmeter BThis mode indicates the distance of indi-vidual trips selected since the last trip-meter reset.The meter's working range is from 0.0 to999.9 km (0.0 to 999.9 miles).Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the tripmeter (TRIP A orTRIP B) is being displayed, clears thetripmeter to zero (0.0).

D150300AAM

Warnings and indicatorsAll warning lights are checked by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). Any light that does not illuminateshould be checked by an authorized KIAdealer.After starting the engine, check to makesure that all warning lights are off. If anywarning lights are still on, this indicates asituation that needs attention. Whenreleasing the parking brake, the brakesystem warning light should go off. Thefuel warning light will stay on if the fuellevel is low.

OAM049030L

4 37


D150302AUN

Air bag warning light

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) isnot working properly. If the AIR BAGwarning light does not come on, or con-tinuously remains on after operating forabout 6 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position or start-ed the engine, or if it comes on whiledriving, have the SRS inspected by anauthorized KIA dealer.

D150303AHM-U1

Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light

This warning light illuminates if the igni-tion switch is turned ON and goes off inapproximately 3 seconds if the system isoperating normally.If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, this indicatesthat the ABS may have malfunctioned.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized KIA dealer as soon aspossible. The normal braking system willstill be operational, but without the assis-tance of the anti-lock brake system.

Electronic brakeforce distribution(EBD) systemwarning lightIf these two warning lights illuminate atthe same time while driving, the ABS andEBD system may have malfunctioned.In this case, your ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally. Have thevehicle checked by an authorized KIAdealer as soon as possible.

WARNINGIf both ABS and brake warninglights are on and stay on, your vehi-cle’s brake system will not worknormally during sudden braking. Inthis case, avoid high speed drivingand abrupt braking. Have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized KIAdealer as soon as possible.


384

✽✽ NOTICEIf the ABS warning light or EBD warn-ing light is on and stays on, thespeedometer or odometer/tripmetermay not work. In this case, have yourvehicle checked by an authorized KIAdealer as soon as possible.

D150304AHM-EU-U1

Seat belt warning

As a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON, regardless of belt fastening.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned on, theseat belt warning light and the seat beltwarning chime will operate for approxi-mately 6 seconds. But if it is fastenedwithin the 6 seconds, the warning lightwill blink till the 6 seconds and the warn-ing chime will turn off immediately.If the driver's seat belt is disconnectedafter the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the seat belt warning lightwill blink for approximately 6 seconds.But if it is fastened within the 6 secondsthe warning light will turn off immediately.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h(6 mph), the seat belt warning light andchime will operate approximately 11times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and24 seconds off until the belt is fastenedor the vehicle speed decreases below 5km/h (3 mph).

D150305AHM

Turn signal indicator

The blinking green arrows on the instru-ment panel show the direction indicatedby the turn signals. If the arrow comes onbut does not blink, blinks more rapidlythan normal, or does not illuminate at all,it indicates a malfunction in the turn sig-nal system.You should consult your deal-er for repairs.

D150306AUN

High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

4 39


D150306BAM

Low beam indicator (if equipped)

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the low beam posi-tion.

D150309AUN

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

The indicator illuminates when the frontfog lights ON.

D150331ABH

Tail light indicator (if equipped)

This indicator illuminates when the taillights are on.

D150307AHM

Engine oil pressure warning light

This warning light indicates the engine oilpressure is low.If the warning light illuminates while driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, call anauthorized KIA dealer.

CAUTIONIf the engine is not stopped imme-diately after the engine oil pressurewarning light is illuminated, severedamage could result.

CAUTIONIf the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult. The oil pressure warninglight comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In normaloperation, it should come on whenthe ignition switch is turned on,then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warninglight stays on while the engine isrunning, there is a serious malfunc-tion.If this happens, stop the vehicle assoon as it is safe to do so, turn offthe engine and check the oil level. Ifthe oil level is low, fill the engine oilto the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays onwith the engine running, turn theengine off immediately. In anyinstance where the oil light stays onwhen the engine is running, theengine should be checked by anauthorized KIA dealer before thevehicle is driven again.


404

D150308AHM-EE

Parking brake & brakefluid warning light

Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switch inthe START or ON position. The warninglight should go off after a few secondswhen the parking brake is released.

Low brake fluid level warningIf the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly.Have the vehicle towed to any author-ized KIA dealer for a brake systeminspection and necessary repairs.

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diago-nal braking systems. This means you stillhave braking on two wheels even if oneof the dual systems should fail. With onlyone of the dual systems working, morethan normal pedal travel and greaterpedal pressure are required to stop thevehicle. Also, the vehicle will not stop inas short a distance with only a portion ofthe brake system working. If the brakesfail while you are driving, shift to a lowergear for additional engine braking andstop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to doso.To check bulb operation, check whetherthe parking brake and brake fluid warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

D150312AAM

Shift pattern indicator

This indicator displays which automatictransaxle shift position is selected.

D150339ASA

O/D OFF Indicator (if equipped)

This indicator comes on when the O/Dsystem is deactivated.

WARNING Driving the vehicle with a warninglight on is dangerous. If the brakewarning light remains on, have thebrakes checked and repaired imme-diately by an authorized KIA dealer.

O/DOFF

4 41


D150331AHM-U1

Low tire pressure telltale(if equipped)

The low tire pressure telltale comes onfor 3 seconds after the ignition key isturned to the "ON" position.If the warning light does not come on, orcontinuously remains on after coming onfor about 3 seconds when you turned theignition key to the "ON" position, the TirePressure Monitoring System is not work-ing properly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle checked by an KIA authorizeddealer as soon as possible.This warning light will also illuminate ifone or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. You should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible. Ifthe warning light illuminates while driv-ing, reduce vehicle speed immediatelyand stop the vehicle.Avoid hard braking and overcorrecting atthe steering wheel. Inflate the tires to theproper pressure as indicated on the vehi-cle’s tire information placard.

D150332AAM

TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator (if equipped)

The TPMS malfunction indicator comeson for 3 seconds after the ignition key isturned to the "ON" position. If the warn-ing light does not come on, or remains onafter 3 seconds when the ignition key isturned to the "ON" position, the TirePressure Monitoring System is not work-ing properly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle checked by an authorized KIAdealer as soon as possible.The warning light also comes on andstays on when there is a problem with theTire Pressure Monitoring System.If this happens, the system may not mon-itor the tire pressure. Have the systemchecked by an authorized KIA dealer assoon as possible.

WARNING Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable and cancontribute to loss of vehicle controland increased braking distances.Continued driving on tires with lowpressure will cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

TPMS


424

D150313AHM

Charging system warninglight

This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the generator or electricalcharging system.If the warning light illuminates while thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or break-age.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have an authorizedKIA dealer correct the problem assoon as possible.

D150315AUN

Tailgate open warning light

This warning light illuminates when thetailgate is not closed securely with theignition switch in any position.

D150316AUN

Door ajar warning light

This warning light illuminates when adoor is not closed securely with the igni-tion switch in any position.

WARNING • The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire damagecaused by external factors.

• If you feel any vehicle instability,immediately take your foot off theaccelerator, apply the brakesgradually and with light force,and slowly move to a safe posi-tion off the road.

4 43


D150317AAM

Immobilizer indicator

This indicator illuminates when theimmobilizer key is inserted and turned tothe ON position to start the engine.At this time, you can start the engine.Theindicator goes out after the engine is run-ning.If this indicator blinks when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position before start-ing the engine, have the system checkedby an authorized KIA dealer.

D150318AHM

Low fuel level warning light

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning light onor with the fuel level below “E” can causethe engine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter (if equipped).

D150319AUN

Low washer fluid levelwarning light (if equipped)

This warning light indicates the washerfluid reservoir is near empty. Refill thewasher fluid as soon as possible.

D150320AHM-EU-U1

Malfunction indicator (MIL)(check engine light) (if equipped)This indicator light is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis light illuminates while driving, it indi-cates that a potential malfunction hasbeen detected somewhere in the emis-sion control system.This light will also illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion, and will go out in a few secondsafter the engine is started. If it illuminateswhile driving, or does not illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, take your vehicle to the nearestauthorized KIA dealer and have the sys-tem checked.Generally, your vehicle will continue to bedrivable, but have the system checked byan authorized KIA dealer promptly.


444

D150323AAM-EU

ESC (Electronic StabilityControl) indicator (if equipped)The ESC indicator will illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned ON, butshould go off after approximately 3 sec-onds. When the ESC is on, it monitorsthe driving conditions and under normaldriving conditions, the ESC indicator willremain off. When a slippery or low trac-tion condition is encountered, the ESCwill operate, and the ESC indicator willblink to indicate the ESC is operating.If this indicator illuminates and stays on,the ESC may have malfunctioned. Takeyour vehicle to an authorized KIA dealerand have the system checked.

D150324AAM-EU

ESC OFF indicator (if equipped)

The ESC OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds. To switch to ESC OFF mode,press the ESC OFF button. The ESCOFF indicator will illuminate indicatingthe ESC is deactivated.CAUTION

If the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nates, potential catalytic converterdamage is possible. This couldresult in loss of engine power. Havethe Engine Control System inspect-ed as soon as possible by anauthorized KIA dealer.

CAUTIONProlonged driving with the EmissionControl System MalfunctionIndicator Light illuminated maycause damage to the emission con-trol systems which could effect dri-vability and/or fuel economy.

4 45


D150325AAM

Cruise indicators (if equipped)

CRUISE indicator

The indicator illuminates when the cruisecontrol system is enabled.The cruise indicator in the instrumentcluster is illuminated when the cruisecontrol ON-OFF switch on the steeringwheel is pushed.The indicator goes off when the cruisecontrol ON-OFF switch is pushed again.For more information about the use ofcruise control, refer to “Cruise controlsystem” in section 5.

Cruise SET indicator

The indicator illuminates when the cruisefunction switch (SET - or RES +) is ON.The cruise SET indicator in the instru-ment cluster is illuminated when thecruise control switch (SET - or RES +) ispushed.The cruise SET indicator does not illumi-nate when the cruise control switch(CANCEL) is pushed or the system isdisengaged.

D150327AUN

Key reminder warning chime (if equipped)If the driver’s door is opened while theignition key is left in the ignition switch(ACC or LOCK position), the keyreminder warning chime will sound. Thisis to prevent you from locking your keysin the vehicle. The chime sounds until thekey is removed from the ignition switch orthe driver’s door is closed.

CRUISE

SET


464

D330000AHM-EE

The rearview camera will activate whenthe back-up light is ON with the ignitionswitch ON and the shift lever in the R(Reverse) position.This system is a supplemental systemthat shows behind the vehicle throughthe rearview display mirror while back-ing-up.

D180000AHM

The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the vehicle in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Bothturn signal lights will blink. The hazardwarning lights will operate even thoughthe key is not in the ignition switch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch again.

WARNING• This system is a supplementary

function only. It is the responsi-bility of the driver to alwayscheck the inside/outside rearviewmirror and the area behind thevehicle before and while backingup because there is a dead zonethat can't see through the cam-era.

• Always keep the camera lensclean. If lens is covered with for-eign matter, the camera may notoperate normally.

REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)

OAM049025L

OAM049037

Rear view display

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OAM049039

4 47


D190100APB

Battery saver function• The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the exterior lights when thedriver removes the ignition key andopens the driver-side door.

• With this feature, the parking lights willturn off automatically if the driver parkson the side of the road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed, per-form the following:1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

D190400AUN-C1

Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight and aParking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob at theend of the control lever to one of the fol-lowing positions:(1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position

D190401AHM

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the parkinglight position (1st position), the tail,license and instrument panel lights willturn ON.

LIGHTING

OAM049041OAM049040


484

D190402AHM

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlightposition (2nd position), the head, tail,license and instrument panel lights willturn ON.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

D190500AUN

High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull it backfor low beams.The high beam indicator will light whenthe headlight high beams are switchedon.To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights on for aprolonged time while the engine is notrunning.

To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the normal(low beam) position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

OAM049042 OAM049044 OAM049043

4 49


D190600AUN-U1

Turn signals and lane change sig-nalsThe ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn on theturn signals, move the lever up or down(A). The green arrow indicators on theinstrument panel indicate which turn sig-nal is operating. They will self-cancelafter a turn is completed. If the indicatorcontinues to flash after a turn, manuallyreturn the lever to the OFF position.

To signal a lane change, move the turnsignal lever slightly and hold it in position(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-tion when released.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out andwill require replacement.

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormally quickor slow, a bulb may be burned out orhave a poor electrical connection in thecircuit. D190700AAM-EU

Front fog light (if equipped)Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility when visibility is poor due to fog,rain or snow, etc. The fog lights will turnon when the fog light switch (1) is turnedto the on position after the headlight isturned on.To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog lightswitch (1) to the OFF position.

OAM049045 OAM049046N

CAUTIONWhen in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor.


504

D190900AUN-EU

Daytime running light Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can makeit easier for others to see the front of yourvehicle during the day. DRL can be help-ful in many different driving conditions,and it is especially helpful after dawn andbefore sunset.The DRL system will make the head-lights turn OFF when:1. The headlight switch is ON.2. The parking brake is applied.3. Engine stops.

4 51


D200000AAM-EE

A : Wiper speed control· MIST – Single wipe· OFF – Off· INT – Intermittent wipe · LO – Low wiper speed· HI – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent wipe time adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes (front)

D : Rear wiper/washer control· ON – Continuous wipe· INT – Intermittent wipe (if equipped)· OFF – Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)

WIPERS AND WASHERS

Windshield wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer (if equipped)

OAM049100N/OAM049048N


524

D200100AAM

Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push the

lever upward and release it withthe lever in the OFF position. Thewipers will operate continuously ifthe lever is pushed upward andheld.

OFF : Wiper is not in operationINT : Wiper operates intermittently at the

same wiping intervals. Use thismode in light rain or mist. To varythe speed setting, turn the speedcontrol knob (1).

LO : Normal wiper speedHI : Fast wiper speed

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windshield, defrost thewindshield for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windshield wipers toensure proper operation.

D200200ASA

Windshield washersIn the OFF position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindshield and to run the wipers 1-3cycles.Use this function when the windshield isdirty.The spray and wiper operation will con-tinue until you release the lever.If the washer does not work, check thewasher fluid level. If the fluid level is notsufficient, you will need to add appropri-ate non-abrasive windshield washer fluidto the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment on thepassenger side.

OAM049101N OAM049102N

4 53


D200300AAM

Rear window wiper and washerswitch (if equipped)The rear window wiper switch is locatedat the end of the wiper and washer switchlever. Turn the switch to the desired posi-tion to operate the rear wiper and wash-er.ON - Normal wiper operation

INT - Intermittent wiper operation(if equipped)

OFF - Wiper is not in operationPush the lever away from you to sprayrear washer fluid and to run the rearwipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiperoperation will continue until you releasethe lever.

OAM049103N

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windshield, do notoperate the wipers when thewindshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windshield with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze onthe windshield and obscure yourvision.


544

D210000AEN

D210200AAM-EU

Room lampType A(1) Map lampPush the lens to turn the map lamp on oroff. This light produces a spot beam forconvenient use as a map lamp at night oras a personal lamp for the driver and thefront passenger.

(2) DOOR The light will turn on as below if the but-ton is pressed.The light will turn off if the button ispressed again. The light comes on whenany door (or tailgate) is opened regard-less of the ignition switch position. Whendoors are unlocked by the transmitter orthe key is removed from the ignitionswitch, the light comes on for approxi-mately 30 seconds as long as any door isnot opened. The light goes out graduallyafter approximately 30 seconds if thedoor is closed.However, if the ignition switch is ON or alldoors are locked, the light will turn offimmediately. If a door is opened with theignition switch in the ACC or LOCK posi-tion, the light stays on for about 20 min-utes. However, if a door is opened withthe ignition switch in the ON position, thelight stays on continuously.

INTERIOR LIGHT

CAUTIONDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when the engineis not running.It may cause battery discharge.

OAM049052

■ Type A

4 55


Type BThe light will turn on and off according tothe switch position.

(1) OFFThe light stays off at all times.

(2) DOORThe light comes on when any door (ortailgate) is opened regardless of the igni-tion switch position. When doors areunlocked by the transmitter or the key isremoved from the ignition switch, thelight comes on for approximately 30 sec-onds as long as any door is not opened.The light goes out gradually after approx-imately 30 seconds if the door is closed.However, if the ignition switch is ON or alldoors are locked, the light will turn offimmediately. If a door is opened with theignition switch in the ACC or LOCK posi-tion, the light stays on for about 20 min-utes. However, if a door is opened withthe ignition switch in the ON position, thelight stays on continuously.

(3) ONThe light stays on at all times.

OAM049053

■ Type B


564

D220000AUN

✽✽ NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to “Windshielddefrosting and defogging” in this sec-tion.

D220100AEN

Rear window defrosterThe defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from therear window, while the engine is running.To activate the rear window defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the center facia switch panel.The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.If there is heavy accumulation of snow onthe rear window, brush it off before oper-ating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 20 minutesor when the ignition switch is turned off.To turn off the defroster, press the rearwindow defroster button again.

D220101AEN

Outside rearview mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the out-side rearview mirror defrosters, they willoperate at the same time you turn on therear window defroster.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the conduc-tors bonded to the inside surface ofthe rear window, never use sharpinstruments or window cleanerscontaining abrasives to clean thewindow.

DEFROSTER

OAM049056

4 57


MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

OAM049057D230000AAM

1. Fan speed control knob

2. Mode selection knob

3. Temperature control knob

4. Recirculated air position button

5. Rear window defroster button

6. Air conditioning button


584

D230100AEN

Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system (if equipped)on.

OAM049061

4 59


D230101AAM

Mode selectionThe mode selection knob controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.Air can be directed to the floor, dash-board outlets, or windshield. Six symbolsare used to represent MAX A/C, Face,Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrostair position.The MAX A/C mode is used to cool theinside of the vehicle faster.

MAX A/C-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face.In this mode, the air conditioning and therecirculated air position will be selectedautomatically.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, C, E)

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Floor-Level (C, E, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, E, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

OAM049058


604

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

D230102AAM-EU

Temperature controlThe temperature control knob allows youto control the temperature of the air flowfrom the ventilation system. To changethe air temperature in the passengercompartment, turn the knob to the rightposition for warm and hot air or left posi-tion for cooler air.

D230103AHM-U1

Air intake control The air intake control is used to selectthe outside (fresh) air position or recircu-lated air position.To change the air intake control position,press the control button.

OAM049059 OAM049062 OAM049063

4 61


Recirculated air position With the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accord-ing to the function selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculated airposition selected will result in excessive-ly dry air in the passenger compart-ment.

WARNING• Continued use of the climate con-

trol system in the recirculated airposition may allow humidity toincrease inside the vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscurevisibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating sys-tem on. It may cause seriousharm or death due to a drop in theoxygen level and/or body temper-ature.

• Continued use of the climate con-trol system in the recirculated airposition can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake controlto the outside (fresh) air positionas much as possible while driv-ing.


624

D230104AAM

Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed knob allows you to controlthe fan speed of the air flow from the ven-tilation system. To change the fan speed,turn the knob to the right for higherspeed, or left for lower speed. To turn thefan speed control off, turn the knob to the“0” position.

D230105AHM

Air conditioning (if equipped)Press the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate). Press the button again to turnthe air conditioning system off.

System operationD230501AUN

Ventilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

D230502AHM

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set the modeto the or position.

OAM049064 OAM049065

4 63


Operation Tips• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from

entering the vehicle through the venti-lation system, temporarily set the airintake control to the recirculated airposition. Be sure to return the controlto the fresh air position when the irrita-tion has passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust the temper-ature control to desired temperature.

D230503AHM-U1

Air conditioning (if equipped) All KIA Air Conditioning Systems arefilled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-age the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Press the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the outside

air or recirculated air position.4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-

perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired, setthe temperature control to the extremeleft position, set the mode control tothe MAX A/C position, then set the fanspeed control to the highest speed.

✽✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows in humidweather air conditioning may createwater droplets inside the vehicle.Since excessive water droplets maycause damage to electrical equipment,air conditioning should only be usedwith the windows closed.


644

Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct

sunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of thewindows on rainy or humid days,decrease the humidity inside the vehi-cle by operating the air conditioningsystem.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth only for a few minutes to ensuremaximum system performance.

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling and humid airintake. This is a normal system opera-tion characteristic.

D230300AHM-EC

Climate control air filter (if equipped)The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterreplaced by an authorized KIA dealer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

4 65


✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is being driven in severe

conditions such as dusty or roughroads, more frequent air conditionerfilter inspections and changes arerequired.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should bechecked at an authorized KIA dealer.

D230400AHM

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a negativeimpact on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorized KIA dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is important that the correct type andamount of oil and refrigerant is used.Otherwise, damage to the compressorand abnormal system operation mayoccur.

WARNINGThe air conditioning system shouldbe serviced by an authorized KIAdealer. Improper service may causeserious injury to the person per-forming the service.


664

D250000AHM-U1 • For maximum defrosting, set the tem-perature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whiledefrosting or defogging, set the modeto the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and icefrom the windshield, rear window, out-side rear view mirrors, and all side win-dows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the hoodand air inlet in the cowl grill to improveheater and defroster efficiency and toreduce the probability of fogging up theinside of the windshield.

D250101AAM

To defog inside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the desired posi-

tion except “0” position.2. Select desired temperature.3. Select the or position.4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi-

tioning will be selected automatically.If the air conditioning and outside (fresh)air position are not selected automatical-ly, press the corresponding button manu-ally.

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the or positionduring cooling operation inextremely humid weather. The dif-ference between the temperature ofthe outside air and the windshieldcould cause the outer surface ofthe windshield to fog up, causingloss of visibility. In this case, setthe mode selection to the posi-tion and fan speed control to alower speed.

OAM049066N

4 67


D250102AAM

To defrost outside windshield1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi-

tion.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

position.3. Select the position.4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi-

tioning will be selected automatically.

D250300AHM

Defogging logicTo reduce the probability of fogging upthe inside of the windshield, the air intakeor air conditioning are controlled auto-matically according to certain conditionssuch as or position. To cancel orreturn to the defogging logic, do the fol-lowing.

D250301AHM-EE-U1

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.

2. Turn the mode selection knob to thedefrost position ( ).

3. Press the air intake control button atleast 5 times within 3 seconds.

The indicator light in the air intake controlbutton will blink 3 times with 0.5 secondof intervals. It indicates that the defog-ging logic is canceled or returned to theprogrammed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it resets to the defog logicstatus.

OAM049067N OAM049068


684

D270000AHM

These compartments can be used tostore small items.

D270100AUN-C1

Center console storageThese compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror front passenger.

D270400BAM

D270200AUN

Glove boxTo open the glove box, pull the handleand the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flamma-ble/explosive materials in the vehi-cle. These items may catch fireand/or explode if the vehicle isexposed to hot temperatures forextended periods.

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storagecompartment.

• Always keep the storage com-partment covers closed whiledriving. Do not attempt to placeso many items in the storagecompartment that the storagecompartment cover cannot closesecurely.

OAM049070OAM049069

WARNINGTo reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, do notstore sharp or dangerous items.

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhile driving.

4 69


D270400AAM

Multi box (if equipped)To open the box, push the lever up andthe cover will open.Push down the cover to close.

D270500BUN-C1

Luggage box (if equipped)You can place a first aid kit, a reflector tri-angle, tools, etc. in the box for easyaccess.

OAM049071 OAM049074


704

D280100AUN-U1

Cigarette lighter (if equipped)For the cigarette lighter to work, the igni-tion switch must be in the ACC or ONposition.To use the cigarette lighter, push it all theway into its socket. When the element isheated, the lighter will pop out to the“ready” position.If it is necessary to replace the cigarettelighter, use only a genuine KIA replace-ment or its approved equivalent.

D280200ASA-C1

Ashtray (if equipped)To use the ashtray, open the cover.To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it out.

INTERIOR FEATURES

CAUTIONOnly a genuine KIA lighter shouldbe used in the cigarette lightersocket. The use of plug-in acces-sories (shavers, hand-held vacu-ums, and coffee pots, etc.) maydamage the socket or cause electri-cal failure.

WARNING• Do not hold the lighter in after it

is already heated because it willoverheat.

• If the lighter does not pop outwithin 30 seconds, remove it toprevent overheating.

OAM049076 OAM049077

WARNING - Ashtray use• Do not use the vehicle’s ashtrays

as waste receptacles.• Putting lit cigarettes or matches

in an ashtray with other com-bustible materials may cause afire.

4 71


D280300AHM

Cup holder

D280301AHM

Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

D280400AAM

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.To use the sunvisor for the side window,pull it downward, unsnap it from thebracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and pull up the mirror cover (3).The ticket holder (4) is provided for hold-ing a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups

with hot liquid in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion. Ifthe hot liquid spills, you burnyourself. Such a burn to the driv-er could lead to loss of control ofthe vehicle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of sudden stopor collision, do not place uncov-ered or unsecured bottles, glass-es, cans, etc., in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion.

OAM049078 OUN027330


724

D280500AEN

Power outlet (if equipped)The power outlet is designed to providepower for mobile telephones or otherdevices designed to operate with vehicleelectrical systems. The devices shoulddraw less than 10 amps with the enginerunning.

D280700AUN-C1

Shopping bag holder (if equipped)

CAUTION• Use the power outlet only when

the engine is running and removethe accessory plug after use.Using the accessory plug for pro-longed periods of time with theengine off could cause the bat-tery to discharge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 10A in elec-tric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet. These devices maycause excessive audio static andmalfunctions in other electronicsystems or devices used in yourvehicle.

WARNINGDo not put a finger or a foreign ele-ment (pin, etc.) into a power outletand do not touch with a wet hand.You may get an electric shock.

OAM049079

OAM049080

Rear (if equipped)

Front

OSA047143

CAUTIONDo not hang a bag weighing morethan 3 kg (7 lbs.). It may cause dam-age to the shopping bag holder.

4 73


D280800AAM

Clothes hanger (if equipped)

❈ The actual feature may differ from theillustration.

D281000AHM

Luggage net holder (if equipped)To keep items from shifting in the cargoarea, you can use the holders located inthe cargo area to attach the luggage net.If necessary, contact your authorized KIAdealer to obtain a luggage net.

CAUTIONDo not hang heavy clothes, thehook may be damaged.

OSA047133/H OAM049094

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the goods orthe vehicle, care should be takenwhen carrying fragile or bulkyobjects in the luggage compart-ment.

WARNINGTo avoid eye injury, DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net. ALWAYSkeep your face and body out of theluggage net’s recoil path. DO NOTuse the luggage net when the straphas visible signs of wear or dam-age.


744

D290100AAM

Roof rack (if equipped)If the vehicle has a roof rack, you canload cargo on top of your vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,be sure not to position cargo onto theroof rack in such a way that it couldinterfere with sunroof operation.

EXTERIOR FEATURES

CAUTION• When carrying cargo on the roof

rack, take the necessary precau-tions to make sure the cargo doesnot damage the roof of the vehicle.

• When carrying large objects onthe roof rack, make sure they donot exceed the overall roof lengthor width.

WARNING • The following specification is the

maximum weight that can beloaded onto the roof rack.Distribute the load as evenly aspossible on the roof rack andsecure the load firmly.

Loading cargo or luggage inexcess of the specified weightlimit on the roof rack may dam-age your vehicle.

(Continued)

ROOF 75 kg (165 lbs.)RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED

OAM049092

(Continued)• The vehicle center of gravity will

be higher when items are loadedonto the roof rack. Avoid suddenstarts, braking, sharp turns,abrupt maneuvers or high speedsthat may result in loss of vehiclecontrol or rollover resulting in anaccident.

• Always drive slowly and turn cor-ners carefully when carryingitems on the roof rack. Severewind updrafts, caused by passingvehicles or natural causes, cancause sudden upward pressureon items loaded on the roof rack.This is especially true when car-rying large, flat items such aswood panels or mattresses. Thiscould cause the items to fall offthe roof rack and cause damageto your vehicle or others aroundyou.

• To prevent damage or loss ofcargo while driving, check fre-quently before or while driving tomake sure the items on the roofrack are securely fastened.

4 75


Antenna (if equipped)D300102AAM-EU

Your vehicle uses a roof antenna toreceive AM or/and FM broadcast signals.This antenna is removable. To removethe roof antenna, turn it counterclock-wise. To install the roof antenna, turn itclockwise.

D300200BUN-AM

Audio remote control (if equipped) The steering wheel audio remote controlbutton is installed to promote safe driv-ing.

AUDIO SYSTEM

CAUTION• Before entering a place with a low

height clearance, be sure that theroof antenna is removed.

• Be sure to remove the roof anten-na before washing the car in anautomatic car wash or it may bedamaged.

• When reinstalling your roofantenna, it is important that it isfully tightened and adjusted tothe upright position to ensureproper reception. But it could beremoved when parking the vehi-cle or when loading cargo on theroof rack.

• When cargo is loaded on the roofrack, do not place the cargo nearthe antenna pole to ensure properreception.

OHM048154N OAM049084

CAUTIONDo not operate the audio remotecontrol buttons simultaneously.


764

VOLUME ( / ) (1)• Push up the lever to increase volume.• Push down the lever to decrease vol-

ume.

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressedfor 0.8 second or more, it will work as fol-lows in each mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the AUTO SEEK selectbutton.

CDP modeIt will function as the FF/REW button.

CDC modeIt will function as the DISC UP/DOWNbutton.

If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressedfor less than 0.8 second, it will work asfollows in each mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the PRESET STATIONselect buttons.

CDP modeIt will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

CDC modeIt will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

MODE (3)Press the button to select Radio or CD(compact disc).

MUTE (4)• Press the MUTE button to cancel the

sound.• Press the MUTE button again to acti-

vate the sound.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons is described in the followingpages in this section.

D300600AHM-EE

Aux, USB and iPod®* port(if equipped)If your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port or iPodport, you can use an aux port to connectaudio devices and an USB port to plug inan USB and also an iPod port to plug inan iPod.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noise mayoccur during playback. If this happens,use the power source of the portableaudio device.* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

OAM049088

4 77


D210300AAM

Advanced lighting speaker (if equipped)The advanced lighting speaker that lightsaround the front speaker is adjusted byturning the knob as follows.

1. ON : The light turns on.2. MOOD : The light shade changes

automatically at regular inter-val.

3. MUSIC : The light blinks or changesshade according to thesound of the audio.If the audio is not turned on,the light does not turn on.

4. OFF : The light turns off.5. +/- : When the lights are on, push the

illumination button to adjust thelight intensity.

✽✽ NOTICEThe lighting around the front speakermay not illuminate when the sound ofthe audio is low.

OAM049054

OAM049055

CAUTIONDo not use the lights for extendedperiods when engine is not run-ning.It may cause battery discharge.


784

D300800AAM

How vehicle audio worksAM(MW, LW) and FM radio signals arebroadcast from transmitter towers locat-ed around your city. They are intercept-ed by the radio antenna on your vehicle.This signal is then received by the radioand sent to your vehicle speakers.When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear. Thiscan be due to factors such as the dis-tance from the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

AM(MW, LW) broadcasts can bereceived at greater distances than FMbroadcasts. This is because AM(MW,LW) radio waves are transmitted at lowfrequencies. These long, low frequencyradio waves can follow the curvature ofthe earth rather than travelling straightout into the atmosphere. In addition, theycurve around obstructions so that theycan provide better signal coverage.

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station. Also,FM signals are easily affected by build-ings, mountains, or other obstructions.These can result in certain listening con-ditions which might lead you to believe aproblem exists with your radio. The fol-lowing conditions are normal and do notindicate radio trouble:

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢

JBM002

AM(MW, LW) reception

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM001

FM reception

JBM003

FM radio station

4 79


• Fading - As your vehicle moves awayfrom the radio station, the signal willweaken and sound will begin to fade.When this occurs, we suggest that youselect another stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto the clear-est signal. If this occurs, select anoth-er station with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

Using a cellular phone or a two-wayradioWhen a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use the cellu-lar phone at a place as far as possiblefrom the audio equipment.

JBM005

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM004

CAUTIONWhen using a communication sys-tem such a cellular phone or a radioset inside the vehicle, a separateexternal antenna must be fitted.When a cellular phone or a radio setis used with an internal antennaalone, it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system and adverse-ly affect safe operation of the vehi-cle.

WARNINGDon't use a cellular phone whenyou are driving. You should stop ata safe place to use a cellular phone.


804

Care of discs• If the temperature inside the vehicle is

too high, open the vehicle windows forventilation before using your vehicleaudio.

• It is illegal to copy and use MP3/WMAfiles without permission. Use CDs thatare created only by lawful means.

• Do not apply volatile agents such asbenzene and thinner, normal cleanersand magnetic sprays made for ana-logue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface from get-ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs bythe edges or the edges of the centerhole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a piece ofsoft cloth before playback (wipe it fromthe center to the outside edge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape or paperonto it.

• Make sure objects other than CDs arenot inserted into the CD player (Do notinsert more than one CD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may not operatenormally according to manufacturingcompanies or making and recordingmethods. In such circumstances, if youstill continue to use those CDs, theymay cause the malfunction of yourvehicle audio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Playing anIncompatible CopyProtected Audio CD

Some copy protected CDs, which do notcomply with the international audio CDstandards (Red Book), may not play onyour vehicle audio. Please note that ifyou try to play copy protected CDs andthe CD player does not perform correct-ly the CDs maybe defective, not the CDplayer.

4 81


1. FM/AM Selection Button

2. CD/AUX Selection Button

3. Power ON/OFF Button & Volume Control

Knob

4. Automatic Channel Selection Button

5. SCAN Button

6. SETUP Button & Clock Control Button

7. TUNE Knob & Sound Quality Control Knob

8. Preset Button

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME CONTROL (PA710/PA715 AMAB, USA)

❈ There will be no logo if the Bluetooth feature is not supported.


824

1. FM/AM Selection ButtonTurns to FM or AM mode, and toggles inthe order of FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟ FM1...when the button is pressed each time.

2. CD/AUX Selection ButtonIf there is a CD in the CDP DECK it turnsto CD mode. If a device is connected toAUX, then it toggles in the order of CD ➟AUX ➟ CD... when the button is pressedeach time. (It will not turn to AUX if thereis no auxiliary device connected.)

3. Power ON/OFF Button &Volume Control Knob

Turns on/off the set when the IGNITIONSWITCH is on ACC or ON. If the buttonis turned to the right, it increases the vol-ume and left, decreases the volume.

4. Automatic Channel SelectionButton

• When the [SEEK ] button is pressed,it reduces the band frequency by200kHz to automatically select a chan-nel. Stops at the previous frequency ifno channel is found.

• When the [SEEK ] button is pressed,it increases the band frequency by200kHz to automatically select a chan-nel. Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.

5. SCAN ButtonIf this button is pressed, the frequencieswill become increased and receive thecorresponding broadcasts. This functionwill play the frequencies for 5 seconds(SIRIUS MODE:10 seconds) each andfind other broadcasts as the frequencyincreases. Press the button again whendesiring to continue listening to the cur-rently playing broadcast.

6. SETUP Button & Clock ControlButton

Press this button to turn to the SIRIUSoption and the other adjustment mode.If no action is taken for 5 seconds afterpressing the button, it will return to theplay mode. (After entering SETUP mode,move between items using the left, rightand PUSH functions of the [TUNE]knob.)

■ PA710 AMAB is an internal AMPMODEL with Bluetooth feature.The setup changes in the order ofCLOCK ↔ SAT ↔ SCROLL ↔ P.BASS↔ RETURN ↔ TEMP ↔ PHONE ↔

SDVC ↔ CLOCK...

■ PA710 AMA is an internal AMP MODELwithout Bluetooth feature.The setup changes in the order ofCLOCK ↔ SAT ↔ SCROLL ↔ P.BASS↔ TEMP ↔ SDVC ↔ CLOCK...

■ PA715 AMAB is an external AMPMODEL with Bluetooth feature.The setup changes in the order ofCLOCK ↔ SAT ↔ SCROLL ↔ TEMP ↔PHONE ↔ SDVC ↔ CLOCK...

■ PA715 AMA is an external AMP MODELwithout Bluetooth feature.The setup changes in the order ofCLOCK ↔ SAT ↔ SCROLL ↔ RETURN↔ TEMP ↔ SDVC ↔ CLOCK...

4 83


• Adjusting the Clock Press the [SETUP] button. Use the vol-ume controller to adjust the clock in thefollowing order: CLOCK ➟ ENTER ➟

hour or minute.Adjust the hour and press the [ENTER]button to set. Use the same method toadjust the minute and press the [ENTER]button to complete and exit from clockadjustment mode.Pressing the [SETUP] button while inPOWER OFF screen will allow the userto make immediately adjustments to theclock.

• SCROLLThis function is used to display charac-ters longer than the LCD text display andcan be turned ON/OFF through the vol-ume controller.

• RETURNThis function displays the previousMODE screen.

• TEMPThis function is used to change the tem-perature display setting.

• SDVCThis function automatically adjusts thevolume level according to the speed ofthe vehicle and can be turned ON/OFFthrough the volume controller.

• POWER BASS (P.BASS)Based on psychoacoustic technology, thistechnology overcomes BASS limitationswhich may occur due to the limited num-ber and size of speakers to offer dynamicBASS sound quality. It is possible to adjustin 3 levels of LOW/MID/HIGH.OFF ➟ LOW ➟ MID ➟ HIGHModes: CD/FM/AUX/IPOD/USB (exclud-ing AM Mode)

7. TUNE Knob & Sound QualityControl Knob

Rotate the knob clockwise by one notchto increase frequency by 200kHz fromcurrent frequency.Rotate the knob counterclockwise by onenotch to decrease frequency by 200kHzfrom current frequency.• Pressing the button changes the BASS,

MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BAL-ANCE TUNE mode. The mode selectedis shown on the display. After selectingeach mode, rotate the Audio controlknob clockwise or counterclockwise.

(Sound Quality Control will operate in FM,AM, CD, AUX, USB, iPod and SATmodes.)

• BASS ControlTo increase the BASS, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the BASS,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• MIDDLE ControlTo increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the MID-DLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• TREBLE ControlTo increase the TREBLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the TRE-BLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• FADER ControlTurn the control knob clockwise toemphasize rear speaker sound(frontspeaker sound will be attenuated). Whenthe control knob is turned counterclock-wise, front speaker sound will be empha-sized(rear speaker sound will be attenu-ated).


844

• BALANCE ControlRotate the knob clockwise to emphasizeright speaker sound(left speaker soundwill be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counter clockwise, leftspeaker sound will be emphasized(rightspeaker sound will be attenuated).

8. Preset ButtonPush [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 secondto play the channel saved in each button.Push Preset button for 0.8 second orlonger to save current channel to therespective button with a beep.

4 85


1. CD Loading Slot

2. CD Eject Button

3. CD/AUX Selection Button

4. Automatic Track Selection Button

5. REPEAT Button

6. RANDOM Play Button

7. CD Indicator

8. SCAN Play Button

9. INFO Button

10. SEARCH Knob & ENTER Button

11. FOLDER Moving Button

CD (PA710/PA715 AMAB, USA)



864

1. CD Loading SlotPlease face printed side upward and gen-tly push in. When the ignition switch is onACC or ON and power is off, power is auto-matically turned on if the CD is loaded.This CDP supports only 12 cm CD. If VCDor Data CD are loaded, a "Reading Error"message will be displayed and the CD willbe ejected.

2. CD Eject ButtonPush button to eject the CD duringCD playback. This button is enabledwhen ignition switch is off.

3. CD/AUX Selection Button• If an auxiliary device is connected, it

switches to AUX mode from the othermode to play the sounds from the aux-iliary player.

• If the CD is loaded, turns to CD mode,and if a device is connected to AUXthen it toggles in the order of CD ➟ AUX➟ CD... when the button is pressedeach time.(It will not turn to AUX if theauxiliary device is not connected.)

• If there is no CD or auxiliary device,then it displays the message "NoMedia" for 3 seconds and returns to theprevious mode.

4. Automatic Track SelectionButton

• Press [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second to play from the beginningof current song.

• Press [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second and press again within 1second to play the previous song.

• Continue to press down the [TRACK ]button to initiate reverse direction highspeed sound search of current song.

• Press [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second to play the next song.

• Continue to press down the [TRACK ]button to initiate high speed soundsearch of current song.

5. REPEAT ButtonRepeats current song when the button ispressed for less than 0.8 second.Repeats the entire DISC when the buttonis pressed for 0.8 second or longer.(In the case of MP3, the Repeat functionwill operate only within folder.)

6. RANDOM Play ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 secondto activate ‘RDM’ mode and longer than0.8 second to activate ‘A.RDM’ mode.• RDM : Only files/tracks in a folder/disc

are played back in a random sequence.• A.RDM (MP3/WMA Only) : All files in a

disc are played back in the randomsequence.

7. CD Indicator When car ignition switch is ACC or ONand if the CD is loaded, this indicator islighted. If the CD is ejected, the light isturned off.

8. SCAN Play ButtonScans first 10 seconds of each song inthe DISC. To cancel the mode, press thebutton once again.

9. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the currentCD TRACK(FILE) in the order shownbelow each time the button is pressed.• CDDA : Disc Title ➟ Disc Artist ➟ Track

Title ➟ Track Artist ➟ Total Track...

4 87


• MP3/WMA : File Name ➟ Title ➟ Artist➟ Album ➟ Folder Name ➟ Total File...(not displayed if the information is notavailable on the DISC.)

10. SEARCH Knob & ENTERButton

Rotate the knob clockwise to display thesongs after the currently played song.Rotate the knob counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song. Press the button to skip andplay the selected song.

11. FOLDER Moving Button• Press [FOLDER ] button to move

child folder of the current folder and dis-play the first song in the folder. PressTUNE/ ENTER knob to move to thefolder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

• Press [FOLDER ] button to moveparent folder and display the first songin the folder. Press TUNE/ENTER knobto move to the folder displayed.


884

1. USB Selection Button

2. TRACK Moving Button

3. REPEAT Selection Button

4. RANDOM Playback Button

5. SCAN Selection Button

6. INFO Button


8. FOLDER Moving Button

USING USB (PA710/PA715 AMAB, USA)


4 89


1. USB Selection ButtonIf USB is connected, it switches to theUSB mode from the other mode to playthe song files stored in the USB. If no CDand auxiliary device is not connected, itdisplays "NO Media" for 3 seconds andreturns to the previous mode.

2. TRACK Moving Button• Press the [TRACK ] button for less

than 0.8 second to play from the begin-ning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 secondand press it again within 1 second tomove to and play the previous track.Press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to play the song in reverse direc-tion in fast speed.

• Press the [TRACK ] button for lessthan 0.8 second to move to the nexttrack. Press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to play the song in forward direc-tion in fast speed.

3. REPEAT ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 secondto activate 'RPT' mode and longer than0.8 second to activate ' ' mode.• RPT : Only the current file is repeatedly

played back.• : All files in a folder are repeat-

edly played back.

4. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 secondto activate 'RDM' mode and longer than0.8 second to activate 'A.RDM' mode.• RDM : All files in a folder are played

back in random sequence.• A.RDM : All files in a USB memory are

played back in random sequence.

5. SCAN Selection ButtonScan 10 seconds of each song in the USBdevice.Press the button once again to cancelscanning.

6. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the currentlyplayed file in the order of File Name ➟

Title ➟ Artist ➟ Album ➟ Folder ➟ TotalFile ➟ Normal Display ➟ File Name ➟…(Displays no information if the file has nosong information.)


Rotate the knob clockwise to display thesongs after the currently played song.Rotate the knob counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song.Press the button to skip and play theselected song.

8. FOLDER Moving Button• Press [FOLDER ] button to move

child folder of the current folder and dis-play the first song in the folder. PressTUNE/ENTER knob to move to the fold-er displayed. It will play the first song inthe folder.

• Press [FOLDER ] button to moveparent folder and display the first songin the folder. Press TUNE/ENTER knobto move to the folder displayed.


904

CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE

• To use an external USB device,make sure the device is notmounted when starting up thevehicle and mount the deviceafter starting up.

• If you start the vehicle when theUSB device is mounted, it maydamage the USB device. (USB isnot ESA)

• If the vehicle is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take cautions for static electricitywhen mounting or dismountingthe external USB device.

• An encoded MP3 player is notrecognizable.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the formatted byte/sectorsetting of External USB devices isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Use only a USB device formattedto FAT 12/16/32.

• USB devices without USB I/Fauthentication may not be recog-nizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in contactwith a human body or any object.

• If you repeat mounting or dis-mounting USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You might hear a strange noisewhen mounting or dismounting aUSB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If you dismount the external USB

device during playback in USBmode, the external USB device canbe damaged or malfunction.Therefore, mount the external USBdevice when the engine is turnedoff or in another mode.

• Depending on the type and capac-ity of the external USB device orthe type of the files stored in thedevice, there is a difference in thetime taken for recognition of thedevice, but this is not an indicatorof trouble and you only have towait.

• Do not use the USB device for otherpurposes than playing music files.

• Use of USB accessories such asrecharger or heater using USB I/Fmay lower performance or causetrouble.

• If you use devices such as a USBhub you purchased separately,the vehicle’s audio system maynot recognize the USB device.Connect the USB device directlyto the multimedia terminal of thevehicle.

(Continued)

4 91


(Continued)• If USB device is divided by logical

drives, only the music files on thehighest-priority drive are recog-nized by the car audio.

• Devices, such as MP3 players,cellular phones, or digital cam-eras not recognized by standardUSB I/F may not be recognized.

• USB devices other than standard-ized goods (METAL COVER TYPEUSB) can be unrecognizable.

• USB flash memory reader (suchas CF, SD, microSD, etc.) or exter-nal-HDD type devices may beunrecognized.

• Music files protected by DRM(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT)are not recognizable.

• The data in the USB memory maybe lost while using this AUDIO. Itis recommeded to back up impor-tant data on a personal storagedevice.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please avoid using USB memory

products which can be used askey chains or cellular phoneaccessories as they could causedamage to the USB jack. Pleasemake certain only to use plug typeconnector products as shownbelow.


924

1. iPod® Selection Button

2. TRACK Moving Button

3. REPEAT Selection Button

4. RANDOM Playback Button

5. INFO Button


7. CATEGORY Selection Button

RUNNING iPod®(PA710/PA715 AMAB, USA)

iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.


4 93


1. iPod® Selection ButtonIf iPod is connected, it switches to theiPod mode from the current mode to playthe song files stored in the iPod. If thereis no iPod connected, it displays "NoMedia" for 3 seconds and returns to theprevious mode.

2. TRACK Moving Button• Press the [TRACK ] button for less

than 0.8 second to play from the begin-ning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 secondand press it again within 1 second tomove to and play the previous track.Press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to play the song in reverse direc-tion in fast speed.

• Press the [TRACK ] button for lessthan 0.8 second to move to the nexttrack. Press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to play the song in forward direc-tion in fast speed.

3. REPEAT ButtonRepeats the song currently played.

4. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto start or stop the random playback ofthe songs within the current category.Press the button for longer than 0.8 sec-ond to randomly play all songs in theentire album of the iPod.Press the button once again to cancel themode.

5. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of Title ➟ Artist➟ Album ➟… (Displays no information ifthe file has no song information.)


When you rotate the knob clockwise, itwill display the songs (category) next tothe song currently played (category inthe same level).Also, when you rotate the knob counter-clockwise, it will display the songs (cate-gory) before the song currently played(category in the same level).To listen to the song displayed in thesong category, press the button to skip toand play the selected song.

7. CATEGORY Selection ButtonMoves to the upper category from cur-rently played category of the iPod.To move to (play) the category (song)displayed, press TUNE/ENTER knob.You will be able to search through thelower category of the selected category.The order of iPod’s category is Playlist,Albums, Artists, Genres, songs, com-posers.


944

✽✽ NOTICE FOR USING iPod®

DEVICE• Some iPod models might not sup-

port the communication protocoland the files will not be played.(iPod models supported: Mini, 4G,Photo, Nano, 5G)

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the iPod can be differentfrom the order searched in theaudio system.

• If the iPod crashes due to its ownmalfunction, reset the iPod. (Reset:Refer to iPod manual)

• An iPod may not operate normallyon low battery.

CAUTION IN USING iPod® DEVICE

• You need the power cable exclu-sive for an iPod in order to oper-ate an iPod with the buttons onthe audio system. The PC cableprovided by Apple may cause amalfunction and do not use it forvehicle use.

• When connecting the device withan iPod cable, push in the jackfully not to interfere with commu-nication.

• When adjusting the sound effectsof an iPod and the audio system,the sound effects of both deviceswill overlap and might reduce ordistort the quality of the sound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of an iPod when adjust-ing the audio system’s volume,and turn off the equalizer of theaudio system when using theequalizer of an iPod.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the iPod cable is connected,

the system can be switched to theAUX mode even without the iPoddevice and can cause noise.Disconnect the iPod cable whenyou are not using the iPod device.

• When the iPod is not used for theaudio system, the iPod cable hasto be separate from iPod devices.Original display of iPod may not bedisplayed.

4 95


1. SATELLITE RADIO Selection Button

2. Channel Selection Button

3. SCAN Button

4. INFO Button

5. TUNE Knob and ENTER Button

6. CAT/FOLDER Button

7. Preset Selection Button

SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO(PA710/PA715 AMAB, USA)



964

How to Use SIRIUS SatelliteRadioYour Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3month complimentary period of SIRIUSSatellite Radio so you have access toover 130 channels of music, information,and entertainment programming.

ActivationIn order to extend or reactivate your sub-scription to SIRIUS Satellite Radio, youwill need to contact SIRIUS CustomerCare at 888-539-7474. Have your 12 digitSID (Sirius Identification Number)/ESN(Electronic Serial Number) ready. Toretrieve the SID/ESN, turn on the radio,press the [SAT] button and tune to chan-nel zero. Please note that the vehicle willneed to be turned on, in Sirius mode, andhave an unobstructed view of the sky inorder for the radio to receive the activa-tion signal.

1. SATELLITE RADIO SelectionButton (SIRIUS Satellite Radio)

Press the [SAT] button to switch to SIR-IUS Satellite Radio. It cycles through thedifferent bands as noted below.SAT1 ➟ SAT2 ➟ SAT3 ➟ SAT1 ➟...

2. Channel Selection Button• Press [TRACK ] or [SEEK ] but-

ton for less than 0.8 second to selectprevious or next channel.

• Press [TRACK ] or [SEEK ] but-ton for 0.8 or longer to continuouslymove to previous or next channel.

• If "CATEGORY" Icon is displayed at thetop of the screen, channel up/down isdone through the channels within cur-rent category.

3. SCAN Button • When the button is pressed, it automat-

ically scans the radio stations upwards.• The SCAN feature steps through each

channel, starting from the initial chan-nel for ten seconds.

• Press the [SCAN] button again to stopthe scan feature and to listen to the cur-rently selected channel.

• If "CATEGORY" Icon is displayed at thetop of the screen, channel changing isdone through the channels in currentcategory.

4. INFO Selection ButtonDisplays the information of the channelcurrently played by in the order of Artist/Song title ➟ Category/Channel name ➟

Composer(if available) ➟ Artist/Song title ➟Category/Channel name ➟... (ART/TITLESelection)Displays the information of the channelcurrently played by in the order ofCategory/Channel name ➟ Artist/Songtitle ➟ Composer(if available) ➟ Category/Channel name ➟ Artist/Song title ➟...(CAT/CH Selection) (If there is no infor-mation of COMPOSER NAME, it returnsto main display.)

5. TUNE Knob and ENTER ButtonWhile listening to SIRIUS broadcast,rotate this knob to the right or left tosearch other channels while listening tocurrent channels and push this knob toselect what you want to listen to.(Turn to the right to search higher chan-nels and left lower channels)

4 97


6. CAT/FOLDER Button • Press [CAT ] or [FOLDER ] button

to enter the Category List Mode, it dis-plays category items and highlights thecategory that currently tuned channelbelongs to.

• On Category List Mode, press thesebuttons to navigate category list.

• Press [ENTER] button to select the low-est channel in highlighted category.

• If channel is selected by selecting cate-gory "CATEGORY" Icon is displayed atthe top of the screen.

7. Preset Selection Button• Push [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec-

ond to play the channel saved in eachbutton.

• Hold down the [PRESET] button for 0.8second or longer to save current chan-nel. An audible beep will play to confirmthe preset is stored.

✽✽ Troubleshooting1. Antenna Error

If this message is displayed, the anten-na or antenna cable is broken orunplugged. Please consult with yourKia dealership.

2. Acquiring Signal If this message is displayed, it meansthat the antenna is covered and thatthe SIRIUS Satellite Radio signal isnot available. Ensure the antenna isuncovered and has a clear view of thesky.


984

BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION ■ General Feature• This system supports Bluetooth, a wire-

less system that allows you to make orreceive calls without taking your handsfrom the steering wheel and withoutusing cables to connect the phone andsystem.

• The phone must be paired to the systembefore using the hands-free feature.Only one linked cellular phone can beused with the system at a time. TheSystem is available in English, USSpanish, or Canadian French languages.

✽✽ NOTICESome Bluetooth devices do not offer aperfect compatibility with this system.

■ Voice Recognition Activation• The voice recognition engine contained

in the Bluetooth System can be activat-ed in the following conditions:- Button Activation

The voice recognition system will beactive when the button is pressedand after the sound of a Beep.

- Active ListeningThe voice recognition system will beactive for a period of time when theVoice Recognition system has askedfor a customer response.

• The system can recognize single digitsfrom zero to nine while number greaterthan ten will not be recognized.

• If the command is not recognized, thesystem will announce "Pardon" or Noinput voice signal from microphone. (Noresponse)

• The system shall cancel voice recogn-tion mode in following cases : Whenpressing the button and sayingcancel following the beep. When notmaking a call and pressing the but-ton. When voice recognition has failed 3consecutive times.

BluetoothVolume

OperationButton

CAUTIONIf the vehicle is moving do not use acellular phone or connect theBluetooth phone.

4 99


• At any time if you say "help", the systemwill announce what commands areavailable.

■ Menu tree

■ Phone Setup• Pairing phoneTo use the hands-free system, you needto register your phone in the system. Up to5 phones can be registered in the system.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Pair Phone".4. Say "Yes".5. Say the name of the contact.6. Say "Yes".7. The Pairing procedure of the cellular

phone varies according to each cellu-lar phone.

✽✽ NOTICEThe system may not function in the fol-lowing cases: If 5 phones have already been registered. If the system cannot communicate withthe phone.

• To connect phoneThe registered phones can be selected.When the system connects to Bluetooth,the phone previously used is automati-cally selected. Select a different phone ifnecessary. Only the selected phone canbe used with the hands-free system.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Select Phone".4. Say the name of the contact or the

number of the contact.5. Say "Yes".

✽✽ NOTICEThe system may not function in the fol-lowing cases: If the phone is not found. If the system does not recognize thevoice command.

• Deleting phoneThe registered phones can be deleted.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Delete Phone".4. Say the name of the contact, the num-

ber of the contact or "Delete all phone".5. Say "Yes".

Pair phone

Select phone

Change priority

Delete phone

Bluetooth off

Setup

Add entryPhonebook

Change

Delete name

By Phone

By voice

Call By name

By number


1004

• Changing PriorityThe connection priority for registeredphones can be changed.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Change Priority".4. Say the name of the contact or the

number of the contact.5. Say "Yes".

• Turning Bluetooth on / offBluetooth function can be switched ON/OFF. initial status : Bluetooth ON

1. Press the button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Bluetooth off".4. Say "Yes".

• Turning Bluetooth on1. Press the send or button.2. Say "yes".3. The Bluetooth will be turned on.

■ Phone Book• Adding EntryPhone numbers and voice tags can beregistered. Entries registered in the phonecan also be transferred.

• Adding Entry by Voice1. Press the button.2. Say "phonebook".3. Say "add entry".4. Say "by voice".5. Say the name of the contact.6. Say "yes".7. Say the phone number.8. Say "store".9. Say "Home", "Office", "Mobile", "Other"

or "default".10. Say "Yes" to store an additional loca-

tion for this contact.

• Adding Entry by phone1. Press the button.2. Say "phonebook".3. Say "add entry".4. Say "by phone".5. Say "yes".6. Transfer procedures may vary depend-

ing on the cellular phone.

✽✽ NOTICEThe system can recognize single digitsfrom zero to nine. Numbers that are tenor greater are not recognized.To speed up input, it is a good idea togroup all digits into a continuous string. However, you can enter each digit indi-vidually or group digits together in pre-ferred string lengths.The display corresponding to each oper-ation appears on the screen as follows:

Input operation1. say: "Nine, nine, five"

Display: "995"2. say: "Seven, three, four"

Display: "995734"

• Changing NameThe registered names can be changed.

1. Press the button.2. Say "phonebook".3. Say "Change name".4. Say the name of the phonebook [voice

tag].5. Say "yes".6. Say the name of the phonebook to be

changed.

4 101


• Deleting nameThe registered names can be deleted.

1. Press the button.2. Say "phonebook".3. Say "Delete name".4. Say the name of the contact.5. Say "yes".

■ Making a phone call• Calling by NameThe system dials the numbers corre-sponding to the spoken names regis-tered in the system.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Call".3. Say "name".4. Say "<John>".6. Say "<at home>".7. Say "yes".

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available.1. Say "Call name".2. Say "Call <john>".3. Say "Call <john at home>".

• Dialing by NumberThe system will make a phone call bydialing the spoken numbers.The system can recognize single digitsfrom zero to nine.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Call".3. Say "Number".4. Say "<digit number>".5. Say "<added digit number>".6. Say "Dial".

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available.1. Say "Dial number".2. Say "Dial <digit>".


1024

■ Receiving a phone callWhen receiving a phone call, a ring toneis audible and the system changes intotelephone mode.When receiving a phone call, the phonenumber and the message "Incoming" willbe displayed.

• Do either one of the following:Press the send switch to take the call.Press the end switch to refuse the call.

• To adjust the ring volume, push "+" or "-" on the steering volume controls.Volume adjustment cannot be madeusing the audio system.

• To transfer a call to the phone:The received call can be transferredfrom the hands-free system to the cellu-lar phone that is connected to Bluetooth.For details, please refer to you user'smanual for the cellular phone or go to theKey matrix in this manual (next page).

■ Talking on the phoneWhen talking on the phone, the displaywill differ depending on whether or notthe vehicle is in motion.Number and "active call" is displayed.When the call is finished, press the endswitch.

✽✽ NOTICEIn the following situations, your voicemay not reach the other party:1. Talk alternately with the other party

on the phone. If you talk at the sametime, the voice may not reach eachother parties. (This is not a malfunc-tion.) (It is not a malfunction.)

2. Keep the volume of receiving voice toa low level. Otherwise, high volumesmay result in an echo. When you talkon the phone, speak clearly towardsthe microphone.

3. When driving on a rough road.4. When driving at high speeds.5. When the window is open.6. When the air conditioning vents are

facing the microphone.7. When the sound of the air condition-

ing fan is loud.

4 103


■ Key matrix

No.

Class

Paired H/PEmpty

Disconnected

1

SHORT

LONG

SHORT

SHORT

LONG[10sec]

LONG[10sec]

Normal mode BT SETUP menuIncoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call 2nd Call

Not Paired Not Connecting - - Accept Call

Connected

-2nd call

1st Call:waiting2nd Call:active

2nd Call2nd Call:waiting1st Call:active

KEY

- - - - - - Transfer call:secret call

End CallVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelReject Call End Call End Call

-

Active

Changelanguage

-

Active

SpeakerAdaptation

(Only English)

Changelanguage

Active

Changelanguage

Active

-Speaker

Adaptation(Only English)

Changelanguage

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- -

2

3

5

Before driving / 5-3Key positions / 5-4Starting the engine / 5-6Manual Transaxle / 5-7Automatic transaxle / 5-10Brake system / 5-16Cruise control system / 5-26Economical operation / 5-30Special driving conditions / 5-32Winter driving / 5-37Trailer towing / 5-39

Vehicle load limit / 5-40Vehicle weight / 5-44



25

E010000AUN

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the win-dows immediately.

• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia-tion.

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have theexhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized KIA dealer.

• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield arekept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

5 3


E020100AUN

Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

E020200AUN

Necessary inspectionsFluid levels, such as engine oil, enginecoolant, brake fluid, and washer fluidshould be checked on a regular basis,with the exact interval depending on thefluid. Further details are provided in sec-tion 7, “Maintenance”.

E020300AHM

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all controls are

easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside rearview

mirrors.• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

• Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are famil-iar with your vehicle and its equipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNINGAll passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle is mov-ing. Refer to “Seat belts” in section3 for more information on theirproper use.

WARNINGAlways check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for people,especially children, before putting acar into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).


45

Ignition switch positionE030201AUN

LOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. The ignition key can beremoved only in the LOCK position.When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, push the key inward atthe ACC position and turn the key towardthe LOCK position.

E030202AHM

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-trical accessories are operative.

✽✽ NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced turning theignition switch to the ACC position, turnthe key while turning the steering wheelright and left to release the tension.

E030203AUN

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This is thenormal running position after the engineis started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON if theengine is not running to prevent batterydischarge.

OUN036002

KEY POSITIONS

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

Drinking and driving is dangerous.Drunk driving is the number onecontributor to the highway deathtoll each year. Even a small amountof alcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgment. Drivingwhile under the influence of drugsis as dangerous or more dangerousthan driving drunk.You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink ortake drugs and drive.If you are drinking or taking drugs,don’t drive. Do not ride with a driv-er who has been drinking or takingdrugs. Choose a designated driveror call a cab.

WARNINGWhen you intend to park or stop thevehicle with the engine on, be care-ful not to depress the acceleratorpedal for a long period of time. Itmay overheat the engine or exhaustsystem and cause fire.

5 5


E030204APB

STARTTurn the ignition switch to the STARTposition to start the engine. The enginewill crank until you release the key; thenit returns to the ON position. The brakewarning light can be checked in this posi-tion.

E030205AHM

WARNING - Ignitionswitch

• Never turn the ignition switch toLOCK or ACC while the vehicle ismoving. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• The anti-theft steering column lockis not a substitute for the parkingbrake. Before leaving the driver’sseat, always make sure the shiftlever is engaged in P (Park), set theparking brake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected and sud-den vehicle movement may occurif these precautions are not taken.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never reach for the ignition switch,

or any other controls through thesteering wheel while the vehicle isin motion. The presence of yourhand or arm in this area couldcause a loss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodily injuryor death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver’s seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to an acci-dent.


65

E040000AUN E040100AUN

Starting the engine

1. Make sure the parking brake isapplied.

2. Manual Transaxle - Depress theclutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhile turning the ignition switch to thestart position. The starter will not oper-ate if the clutch pedal is not fullydepressed.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andhold it there until the engine starts (amaximum of 10 seconds), thenrelease the key.

4. In extremely cold weather (below -18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressingthe accelerator.

STARTING THE ENGINE

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots,etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake and acceler-ator pedal, and the clutch (ifequipped).

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while you are inmotion, do not attempt to move theshift lever to the P (Park) position. Iftraffic and road conditions permit,you may put the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position while the vehicleis still moving and turn the ignitionswitch to the START position in anattempt to restart the engine.

CAUTIONDo not engage the starter for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine stallsor fails to start, wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore re-engaging the starter.Improper use of the starter maydamage it.

5 7


E050000AUN

E050100BUN-C1

Manual transaxle operationThe manual transaxle has 5 forwardgears.This shift pattern is imprinted on the shiftknob. The transaxle is fully synchronizedin all forward gears so shifting to either ahigher or a lower gear is easily accom-plished.Press the clutch pedal down fully whileshifting, then release it slowly.The gearshift lever must be returned tothe neutral position before shifting into R(Reverse).The ring (1) located immediately belowthe shift knob must be pulled upwardwhile moving the shift lever to the R posi-tion. (if equipped)Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into R (Reverse).Never operate the engine with thetachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OAM059001

CAUTION• When downshifting from fifth

gear to fourth gear, cautionshould be taken not to inadver-tently press the gear shift leversideways in such a manner thatsecond gear is engaged. Such adrastic downshift may cause theengine speed to increase to thepoint that the tachometer willenter the red-zone. Such over-revving of the engine may possi-bly cause engine damage.

• Do not downshift more than 2gears or downshift the gear whenthe engine is running at highspeed (5,000 RPM or higher).Such a downshifting may damagethe engine.

The shift lever can be moved without pullingthe ring (1).The ring (1) must be pulled up while movingthe shift lever.


85

• During cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transaxle lubricant haswarmed up. This is normal and notharmful to the transaxle.

• If you've come to a complete stop andit's hard to shift into 1st or R (Reverse),put the shift lever in N (Neutral) posi-tion and release the clutch. Press theclutch pedal back down, and then shiftinto 1st or R (Reverse) gear position.

E050101AUN

Using the clutchThe clutch should be pressed all the wayto the floor before shifting, then releasedslowly.The clutch pedal should always befully released while driving. Do not restyour foot on the clutch pedal while driv-ing. This can cause unnecessary wear.Do not partially engage the clutch to holdthe car on an incline. This causes unnec-essary wear. Use the foot brake or park-ing brake to hold the car on an incline. Donot operate the clutch pedal rapidly andrepeatedly.

E050102AUN

DownshiftingWhen you must slow down in heavy traf-fic or while driving up steep hills, down-shift before the engine starts to labor.Downshifting reduces the chance ofstalling and gives better accelerationwhen you again need to increase yourspeed. When the vehicle is travelingdown steep hills, downshifting helpsmaintain safe speed and prolongs brakelife.

CAUTION• To avoid premature clutch wear

and damage, do not drive withyour foot resting on the clutchpedal. Also, don’t use the clutchto hold the vehicle stopped on anuphill grade, while waiting for atraffic light, etc.

• Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, as thiscan result in premature wear ofthe transaxle shift forks.

WARNING• Before leaving the driver’s seat,

always set the parking brake fullyand shut the engine off. Thenmake sure the transaxle is shiftedinto 1st gear when the vehicle isparked on a level or uphill grade,and shifted into R (Reverse) on adownhill grade. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movement canoccur if these precautions are notfollowed in the order identified.

• If your vehicle has a manualtransaxle not equipped with aignition lock switch, it may moveand cause a serious accidentwhen starting the engine withoutdepressing the clutch pedal whilethe parking brake is released andthe shift lever not in the N (neu-tral) position.

5 9


E050200AUN-C1

Good driving practices• Never take the vehicle out of gear and

coast down a hill. This is extremelyhazardous. Always leave the vehicle ingear.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction.Instead, when you are driving down along hill, slow down and shift to a lowergear. When you do this, engine brakingwill help slow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. This will help avoid over-revvingthe engine, which can cause damage.

• Slow down when you encounter crosswinds. This gives you much better con-trol of your vehicle.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shift intoreverse. The transaxle can be dam-aged if you do not. To shift into reverse,depress the clutch, move the shift leverto neutral, then shift to the reverseposition.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.


105

E060000AAM-EU

E060100AAM-EU

Automatic transaxle operationThe automatic transaxle has 4 forwardspeeds and one reverse speed. The indi-vidual speeds are selected automatically,depending on the position of the shiftlever.

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, ifthe battery has been disconnected, maybe somewhat abrupt. This is a normalcondition, and the shifting sequence willadjust after shifts are cycled a few timesby the TCM (Transaxle ControlModule) or PCM (Powertrain ControlModule).

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OAM059002

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting, if your vehicle isequipped shift lock system.

The shift lever can be shifted without depressing the lock release button.

The lock release button must be depressed while moving the shift lever.

5 11


For smooth operation, depress the brakepedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to aforward or reverse gear.

E060101AAM

Transaxle rangesThe indicator in the instrument clusterdisplays the shift lever position when theignition switch is in the ON position.

P (Park)Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park). This position locksthe transaxle and prevents the drivewheels from rotating.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

• Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeshifting the shift lever into D(Drive) or R (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position; thenset the parking brake fully andshut the engine off. Unexpectedand sudden vehicle movementcan occur if these precautionsare not followed in the order iden-tified.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on.

• When stopped on an incline, donot hold the vehicle with theengine power. Use the servicebrake or the parking brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P(Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion will cause thedrive wheels to lock which willcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.Always make sure the shift leveris latched in the P (Park) positionand set the parking brake fully.

• Never leave a child unattended ina vehicle.


125

R (Reverse)Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)The wheels and transaxle are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or service brakes are applied.

D (Drive)This is the normal forward driving posi-tion. The transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 4-gear sequence, providing thebest fuel economy and power.

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing grades, depress theaccelerator fully, at which time thetransaxle will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways come to a complete stop beforeshifting into D (Drive).

2 (Second Gear)Use 2 (Second Gear) for more powerwhen climbing hills and for increasedbraking when going down hills. This posi-tion also helps reduce wheel spin onslippery surfaces. When the shift lever isplaced in 2 (Second Gear), the transaxlewill automatically shift from first to sec-ond gear.

L (Low)Move the shift lever to this position inhard pulling situations and for climbingsteep grades.

CAUTIONThe transaxle may be damaged ifyou shift into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R(Reverse) while the vehicle is inmotion, except when “Rocking thevehicle” explained in this section.

CAUTIONDo not exceed the recommendedmaximum speed in 2 (Second Gear)or L (Low). Operating the vehicleabove the maximum speed recom-mended for 2 (Second Gear) or L(Low) may cause excessive heatwhich could damage the automatictransaxle.

5 13


E060104ASA

O/D (Over Drive) system (if equipped)Pressing the O/D system button cancelsand engages the overdrive system.When the O/D system is cancelled, theO/D OFF indicator illuminates and thetransaxle gear range is limited to 1stthrough 3rd. The transaxle will not shift to4th gear until the O/D system button ispressed again to release the switch.When driving down a sloping road withthe transaxle in O/D (4th), you candecrease the vehicle speed without usingthe brakes by pressing the O/D button.When the ignition is switched OFF, O/DOFF mode is automatically cancelled.

O/D OFF IndicatorThis indicator light illuminates in theinstrument panel when the O/D mode iscancelled.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the O/D OFF indicator flashes, it indi-cates an electrical problem with thetransaxle. Should this occur, have thevehicle checked by an authorized KIAdealer as soon as possible.

E060102AAMShift lock system (if equipped)For your safety, the automatic transaxlehas a shift lock system which preventsshifting the transaxle from P (Park) into R(Reverse) unless the brake pedal isdepressed.To shift the transaxle from P (Park) into R(Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3. Depress the lock release button and

move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, a chatteringnoise near the shift lever may be heard. Itis a normal condition.

WARNINGAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and while shifting outof the P (Park) position into anoth-er position to avoid inadvertentmotion of the vehicle which couldinjure persons in or around thevehicle.

OAM059003


145

E060103AHM

Ignition key interlock system The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P (Park)position. If the shift lever is in any otherposition, the key cannot be removed.

E060200AAM

Good driving practices• Never move the gear shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other posi-tion with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the gear shift lever into P(Park) when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shift intoR (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the vehicle out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leave thecar in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, slow down and shift toa lower gear. When you do this, enginebraking will help slow down the car.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Do notdepend on placing the transaxle in P(Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.

5 15


E060203AUN

Moving up a steep grade from a stand-ing startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, depress the brake pedal, shiftthe shift lever to D (Drive). Select theappropriate gear depending on loadweight and steepness of the grade, andrelease the parking brake. Depress theaccelerator gradually while releasing theservice brakes.When accelerating from a stop on asteep hill, the vehicle may have a ten-dency to roll backwards. Shifting theshift lever into 2 (Second Gear) willhelp prevent the vehicle from rollingbackwards.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward of backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.


165

E070100AHM

Power brakesYour vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of a stalledengine or some other reason, you canstill stop your vehicle by applying greaterforce to the brake pedal than you nor-mally would. The stopping distance, how-ever, will be longer.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only when neces-sary to maintain steering control on slip-pery surfaces.

E070101AUN

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while thevehicle is in motion, you can make anemergency stop with the parking brake.The stopping distance, however, will bemuch greater than normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormal high brake tem-peratures, excessive brake liningand pad wear, and increasedstopping distances.

• When descending a long or steephill, shift to a lower gear andavoid continuous application ofthe brakes. Continuous brakeapplication will cause the brakesto overheat and could result in atemporary loss of braking per-formance.

• Wet brakes may impair the vehi-cle’s ability to safely slow down;the vehicle may also pull to oneside when the brakes are applied.Applying the brakes lightly willindicate whether they have beenaffected in this way. Always testyour brakes in this fashion afterdriving through deep water. Todry the brakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.

WARNING - Parking brakeApplying the parking brake whilethe vehicle is moving at normalspeeds can cause a sudden loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. If you mustuse the parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.

5 17


E070102AHM

Disc brakes wear indicatorWhen your brake pads are worn and newpads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your frontbrakes or rear brakes (if equipped). Youmay hear this sound come and go or itmay occur whenever you depress thebrake pedal.Please remember that some driving con-ditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem with yourbrakes.

E070106APB

Rear drum brakes (if equipped)Your rear drum brakes do not have wearindicators. Therefore, have the rear brakelinings inspected if you hear a rubbingnoise. Also have your rear brakesinspected each time you change orrotate your tires and when you have thefront brakes replaced.

Parking brake E070201AFD-SA

Applying the parking brakeTo engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then without pressingthe release button in, pull the parkingbrake lever up as far as possible. In addi-tion it is recommended that when parkingthe vehicle on a gradient, the shift levershould be positioned in the appropriatelow gear on manual transaxle vehicles orin the P (Park) position for automatictransaxle vehicles.WARNING - Brake wear

This brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs service.If you ignore this audible warning,you will eventually lose brakingperformance, which could lead to aserious accident.

CAUTION• To avoid costly brake repairs, do

not continue to drive with wornbrake pads.

• Always replace the front or rearbrake pads as pairs.

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessive brakepad (or lining) and brake rotor wear.

OAM059004


185

E070202AFD-U1

Releasing the parking brakeTo release the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and pull up the parkingbrake lever slightly. Secondly press therelease button (1) and lower the parkingbrake lever (2) while holding the button.

Check the brake warning light by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). This light will be illuminated whenthe parking brake is applied with the igni-tion switch in the START or ON position.Before driving, be sure the parking brakeis fully released and the brake warninglight is off.If the brake warning light remains on afterthe parking brake is released while theengine is running, there may be a mal-function in the brake system. Immediateattention is necessary.If at all possible, cease driving the vehi-cle immediately. If that is not possible,use extreme caution while operating thevehicle and only continue to drive thevehicle until you can reach a safe loca-tion or repair shop.

W-75

WARNING• To prevent unintentional move-

ment when stopped and leavingthe vehicle, do not use the shiftlever instead of the parkingbrake. Set the parking brake ANDmake sure the shift lever issecurely positioned in 1st (First)gear or R (Reverse) for manualtransaxle equipped vehicles andin P (Park) for automatictransaxle equipped vehicles.

• Never allow anyone who is unfa-miliar with the vehicle to touchthe parking brake. If the parkingbrake is released unintentionally,serious injury may occur.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehiclewhich can injure occupants orpedestrians.

OAM059005

5 19


E070300AHM-EC

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)The ABS continuously senses the speedof the wheels. If the wheels are going tolock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-lates the hydraulic brake pressure to thewheels.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum benefitfrom your ABS in an emergency situa-tion, do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try to pumpyour brakes. Press your brake pedal ashard as possible or as hard as the situa-tion allows the ABS to control the forcebeing delivered to the brakes.

WARNINGABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci-dents due to improper or danger-ous driving maneuvers. Eventhough vehicle control is improvedduring emergency braking, alwaysmaintain a safe distance betweenyou and objects ahead. Vehiclespeeds should always be reducedduring extreme road conditions.The braking distance for vehiclesequipped with an anti-lock brakingsystem (or Electronic StabilityControl System) may be longerthan for those without it in the fol-lowing road conditions.During these conditions the vehicleshould be driven at reducedspeeds:• Rough, gravel or snow-covered

roads.• On roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different surfaceheight.

(Continued)

(Continued)The safety features of an ABS (orESC) equipped vehicle should notbe tested by high speed driving orcornering. This could endanger thesafety of yourself or others.


205

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the anti-lock brake systemis functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake system,your vehicle still requires sufficientstopping distance. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from exces-sive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake systemmay result in a longer stopping dis-tance than for vehicles equipped with aconventional brake system.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light may turn on at the sametime. This happens because of low bat-tery voltage. It does not mean your ABShas malfunctioned.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

W-78

CAUTION• If the ABS warning light is on and

stays on, you may have a problemwith the ABS. In this case, howev-er, your regular brakes will worknormally.

• The ABS warning light will stay onfor approximately 3 seconds afterthe ignition switch is ON. Duringthat time, the ABS will go throughself-diagnosis and the light will gooff if everything is normal. If thelight stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS. Contactan authorized KIA dealer as soonas possible.

CAUTION• When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icy road,and have operated your brakescontinuously, the ABS will beactive continuously and the ABSwarning light may illuminate. Pullyour car over to a safe place andstop the engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light goes off, then yourABS system is normal.Otherwise, you may have a prob-lem with the ABS. Contact anauthorized KIA dealer as soon aspossible.

5 21


E070500AHM-EU

Electronic stability control (ESC)(If equipped)The Electronic Stability control (ESC)system is designed to stabilize the vehicleduring cornering maneuvers. ESC checkswhere you are steering and where thevehicle is actually going. ESC applies thebrakes on individual wheels andintervenes with the engine managementsystem to stabilize the vehicle.

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system is an electronic system designedto help the driver maintain vehicle controlunder adverse conditions. It is not asubstitute for safe driving practices.Factors including speed, road conditionsand driver steering input can all affectwhether ESC will be effective inpreventing a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ESC is active.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the Electronic StabilityControl System is functioning properly.

WARNINGNever drive too fast according tothe road conditions or too quicklywhen cornering. Electronic stabilitycontrol (ESC) will not prevent acci-dents. Excessive speed in turns,abrupt maneuvers and hydroplan-ing on wet surfaces can still resultin serious accidents. Only a safeand attentive driver can preventaccidents by avoiding maneuversthat cause the vehicle to lose trac-tion. Even with ESC installed,always follow all the normal precau-tions for driving - including drivingat safe speeds for the conditions.

OAM059006


225

E070501AUN-EU

ESC operationESC ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, ESC and ESC OFF indi-cator lights illuminate forapproximately 3 seconds,then ESC is turned on.

• Press the ESC OFF buttonfor at least half a second afterturning the ignition ON to turnESC off. (ESC OFF indicatorwill illuminate). To turn theESC on, press the ESC OFFbutton (ESC OFF indicatorlight will go off).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tickingsound. This is the ESC per-forming an automatic systemself-check and does not indi-cate a problem.

When operatingWhen the ESC is in operation,ESC indicator light blinks.• When the Electronic Stability

Control is operating properly,you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control andindicates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the mudor slippery road, pressing theaccelerator pedal may notcause the engine rpm (revo-lutions per minute) toincrease.

E070502AUN-EU

ESC operation offESC OFF state

• To cancel ESC operation,press the ESC OFF button(ESC OFF indicator light illu-minates).

• If the ignition switch is turnedto LOCK position when ESCis off, ESC remains off. Uponrestarting the engine, theESC will automatically turnon again.

-

5 23


E070503AAM-EU

Indicator lightWhen the ignition switch is turned ON,the indicator light illuminates, then goesoff if ESC system is operating normally.The ESC indicator light blinks wheneverESC is operating and illuminates whenESC fails to operate.The ESC OFF indicator light comes onwhen the ESC is turned off with the but-ton.

E070504AAM-EU

ESC OFF usageWhen driving• It’s a good idea to keep the ESC turned

on for daily driving whenever possible.• To turn ESC off while driving, press the

ESC OFF button while driving on a flatroad surface.

✽✽ NOTICE• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that the ESC isturned off (ESC OFF light illuminat-ed). If the ESC is left on, it may pre-vent the vehicle speed from increas-ing, and result in false diagnosis.

• Turning the ESC off does not affectABS or brake system operation.

CAUTIONDriving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the ESC system tomalfunction. When replacing tires,make sure they are the same size asyour original tires.

WARNINGThe Electronic Stability Control sys-tem is only a driving aid; use pre-cautions for safe driving by slowingdown on curved, snowy, or icyroads. Drive slowly and don’tattempt to accelerate whenever theESC indicator light is blinking, orwhen the road surface is slippery.

WARNINGNever press the ESC OFF buttonwhile ESC is operating (ESC indica-tor light blinks).If ESC is turned off while ESC isoperating, the vehicle may slip outof control.

■ ESC indicator light

■ ESC OFF indicator light


245

E070600AAM

Good braking practices• Check to be sure the parking brake is

not engaged and the parking brakeindicator light is out before drivingaway.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the vehicle is washed. Wetbrakes can be dangerous! Your vehiclewill not stop as quickly if the brakes arewet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicleto pull to one side.To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returns tonormal, taking care to keep the vehicleunder control at all times. If the brakingaction does not return to normal, stopas soon as it is safe to do so and callan authorized KIA dealer for assis-tance.

• Don't coast down hills with the vehicleout of gear. This is extremely haz-ardous. Keep the vehicle in gear at alltimes, use the brakes to slow down,then shift to a lower gear so thatengine braking will help you maintain asafe speed.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal while driv-ing can be dangerous because thebrakes might overheat and lose theireffectiveness. It also increases thewear of the brake components.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thevehicle pointed straight ahead whileyou slow down. When you are movingslowly enough for it to be safe to do so,pull off the road and stop in a safeplace.

WARNING• Whenever you leave or park your

vehicle, always set the parkingbrake as far as possible and shiftthe vehicle to 1st (First) gear or R(Reverse) for manual transaxle, orP (Park) for automatic transaxle. Ifthe parking brake is not fullyengaged, the vehicle may moveinadvertently and injure yourselfand others.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehiclewhich can injure occupants orpedestrians.

5 25


• If your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic transaxle, don't let your vehi-cle creep forward. To avoid creepingforward, keep your foot firmly on thebrake pedal when the vehicle isstopped.

• Be cautious when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake andplace the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle). If your vehicle isfacing downhill, turn the front wheelsinto the curb to help keep the vehiclefrom rolling. If your vehicle is facinguphill, turn the front wheels away fromthe curb to help keep the vehicle fromrolling. If there is no curb or if it isrequired by other conditions to keepthe vehicle from rolling, block thewheels.

• Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk that theparking brake may freeze, apply it onlytemporarily while you put the shift leverin P (automatic transaxle) or in first orreverse gear (manual transaxle) andblock the rear wheels so the vehiclecannot roll. Then release the parkingbrake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on the upgradewith the accelerator pedal. This cancause the transaxle to overheat.Always use the brake pedal or parkingbrake.


265

E090000AAM-EU

The cruise control system allows you toprogram the vehicle to maintain a con-stant speed without pressing the acceler-ator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).

✽✽ NOTICEDuring normal cruise control operation,when the SET switch is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes,the cruise control will energize afterapproximately 3 seconds. The delay isnormal.

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING• If the cruise control is left on

(CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster illuminated),the cruise control can beswitched on accidentally. Keepthe cruise control system off(CRUISE indicator light OFF)when the cruise control is not inuse, to avoid inadvertently set-ting a speed.

• Use the cruise control systemonly when traveling on openhighways in good weather.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not use the cruise control

when it may not be safe to keepthe vehicle at a constant speed,for instance, driving in heavy orvarying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy or snow-covered) orwinding roads or over 6% up-hillor down-hill roads.

• Pay particular attention to thedriving conditions wheneverusing the cruise control system.

• Be careful when driving downhillusing the cruise control system,which may increase the vehiclespeed.

CAUTIONDuring cruise-speed driving of amanual transaxle vehicle, do notshift into neutral without depress-ing the clutch pedal, since theengine will be overrevved. If thishappens, depress the clutch pedalor release the cruise control ON-OFF switch.

5 27


E090100AUN-KM

To set cruise control speed:1. Push the CRUISE ON-OFF button on

the steering wheel, to turn the systemon. The CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 40 km/h (25 mph).

3. Push the SET - switch, and release itat the desired speed. The SET indica-tor light in the instrument cluster willilluminate. Release the accelerator atthe same time. The desired speed willautomatically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may slowdown or speed up slightly while goingdownhill.

E090200AAM-EU

To increase cruise control setspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push the RES + switch and hold it. Your

vehicle will accelerate. Release theswitch at the speed you want.

• Push the RES + switch and release itimmediately. The cruising speed willincrease by 1.6 km/h (1.0 mph) eachtime the RES + switch is operated inthis manner.

OAM059012L OAM059011LOAM059010L


285

E090300AAM-EU

To decrease the cruising speed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push the SET - switch and hold it. Your

vehicle will gradually slow down.Release the switch at the speed youwant to maintain.

• Push the SET - switch and release itimmediately. The cruising speed willdecrease by 1.6 km/h (1.0 mph) eachtime the SET - switch is operated inthis manner.

E090400AUN

To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarily whenthe cruise control is on, depress theaccelerator pedal. Increased speed willnot interfere with cruise control operationor change the set speed.To return to the set speed, take your footoff the accelerator.

E090500AAM-EU

To cancel cruise control, do oneof the following:• Press the brake pedal.• Press the clutch pedal with a manual

transaxle.• Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic

transaxle.• Push the CANCEL switch located on

the steering wheel.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower than

the memory speed by 20 km/h (12mph).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to lessthan approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).

OAM059012LOAM059014L

5 29


Each of these actions will cancel cruisecontrol operation (the SET indicator lightin the instrument cluster will go off), but itwill not turn the system off. If you wish toresume cruise control operation, pushthe RES + switch located on your steer-ing wheel. You will return to your previ-ously preset speed.

E090600AAM-EU

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 40 km/h(25 mph):If any method other than the CRUISEON-OFF switch was used to cancelcruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the most recent set speed willautomatically resume when the RES +switch is pushed.It will not resume, however, if the vehiclespeed has dropped below approximately40 km/h (25 mph).

E090700AUN-KM

To turn cruise control off, do oneof the following:• Push the CRUISE ON-OFF button (the

CRUISE indicator light in the instru-ment cluster will go off).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions will cancel thecruise control operation. If you want toresume the cruise control operation,repeat the steps provided in “To setcruise control speed” on the previouspage.OAM059011L


305

E100000AHM-EC

Your vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, where youdrive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects how manykilometers (miles) you can get from a liter(gallon) of fuel. To operate your vehicleas economically as possible, use the fol-lowing driving suggestions to help savemoney in both fuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-

ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" startsor full-throttle shifts and maintain asteady cruising speed. Don't racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to the traffic so you don't have tochange speeds unnecessarily. Avoidheavy traffic whenever possible.Always maintain a safe distance fromother vehicles so you can avoid unnec-essary braking. This also reducesbrake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your vehicleuses. Driving at a moderate speed,especially on the highway, is one of themost effective ways to reduce fuel con-sumption.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This canincrease fuel consumption and alsoincrease wear on these components.In addition, driving with your foot rest-ing on the brake pedal may cause thebrakes to overheat, which reducestheir effectiveness and may lead tomore serious consequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tirewear. Check the tire pressures at leastonce a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment canresult from hitting curbs or driving toofast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tire wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your vehicle in good condition.For better fuel economy and reducedmaintenance costs, maintain your vehi-cle in accordance with the mainte-nance schedule in section 7. If youdrive your vehicle in severe conditions,more frequent maintenance is required(see section 7 for details).

• Keep your vehicle clean. For maximumservice, your vehicle should be keptclean and free of corrosive materials. Itis especially important that mud, dirt,ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulateon the underside of the vehicle. Thisextra weight can result in increasedfuel consumption and also contributeto corrosion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessaryweight in your vehicle. Weight reducesfuel economy.

• Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION

5 31


• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in a veryhigh gear resulting in engine bucking. Ifthis happens, shift to a lower gear.Over-revving is racing the enginebeyond its safe limit. This can be avoid-ed by shifting at the recommendedspeed.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is operat-ed by engine power so your fuel econ-omy is reduced when you use it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offset some ofthis loss, slow down when driving inthese conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-dition is important both for economy andsafety. Therefore, have an authorized KIAdealer perform scheduled inspectionsand maintenance.

WARNING - Engine off dur-ing motion

Never turn the engine off to coastdown hills or anytime the vehicle isin motion. The power steering andpower brakes will not functionproperly without the engine run-ning. Instead, keep the engine onand downshift to an appropriategear for engine braking effect. Inaddition, turning off the ignitionwhile driving could engage thesteering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering whichcould cause serious injury ordeath.


325

E110100AHM-EC

Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud, sand, or similar hazards, followthese suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.• Avoid sudden braking or steering.• When braking with non-ABS brakes

pump the brake pedal with a light up-and-down motion until the vehicle isstopped.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, usesecond gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, or other non-slipmaterial under the drive wheels to pro-vide traction when stalled in ice, snow,or mud.

E170800AAM

Reducing the risk of a rolloverThis multi-purpose passenger vehicle isdefined as a Crossover Utility Vehicle(CUV). CUV’s have higher ground clear-ance and a narrower track to make themcapable of performing in a wide variety ofroad applications. Specific design char-acteristics give them a higher center ofgravity than ordinary vehicles. An advan-tage of the higher ground clearance is abetter view of the road, which allows youto anticipate problems. They are notdesigned for cornering at the samespeeds as conventional passenger vehi-cles. Due to this risk, driver and passen-gers are strongly recommended to buck-le their seat belts. In a rollover crash, anunbelted person is more likely to die thana person wearing a seat belt. There aresteps that a driver can make to reducethe risk of a rollover. If at all possible,avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers,do not load your roof rack with heavycargo, and never modify your vehicle inany way.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

WARNING - ABSDo not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS.

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransaxle, while driving on slipperysurfaces can cause an accident.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Becareful when downshifting on slip-pery surfaces.

5 33


E170600AHM E110200AAM-EU

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to freeit from snow, sand, or mud, first turn thesteering wheel right and left to clear thearea around your front wheels. Then, shiftback and forth between 1st (First) and R(Reverse) in vehicles equipped with amanual transaxle or R (Reverse) and anyforward gear in vehicles equipped with anautomatic transaxle. Do not race theengine, and spin the wheels as little aspossible. If you are still stuck after a fewtries, have the vehicle pulled out by a towvehicle to avoid engine overheating andpossible damage to the transaxle.

CAUTIONProlonged rocking may causeengine overheating, transaxle dam-age or failure, and tire damage.

WARNINGYour vehicle is equipped with tiresdesigned to provide safe ride andhandling capability. Do not use asize and type of tire and wheel thatis different from the one that isoriginally installed on your vehicle.It can affect the safety and perform-ance of your vehicle, which couldlead to steering failure or rolloverand serious injury. When replacingthe tires, be sure to equip all fourtires with the tire and wheel of thesame size, type, tread, brand andload-carrying capacity. If you never-theless decide to equip your vehi-cle with any tire/wheel combinationnot recommended by KIA for offroad driving, you should not usethese tires for highway driving.

WARNING - Rollover As with other Crossover UtilityVehicle (CUV), failure to operatethis vehicle correctly may result inloss of control, an accident or vehi-cle rollover.• Utility vehicles have a significant-

ly higher rollover rate than othertypes of vehicles.

• Specific design characteristics(higher ground clearance, nar-rower track, etc.) give this vehiclea higher center of gravity thanordinary vehicles.

• A CUV is not designed for corner-ing at the same speeds as con-ventional vehicles.

• Avoid sharp turns or abruptmaneuvers.

• In a rollover crash, an unbeltedperson is significantly more like-ly to die than a person wearing aseat belt. Make sure everyone inthe vehicle is properly buckledup.


345

✽✽ NOTICEThe ESC system (if equipped) should beturned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. E110300AUN

Smooth corneringAvoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tire wear will be heldto a minimum.

E110400AUN

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight, hereare some important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

WARNING - Spinning tiresDo not spin the wheels, especiallyat speeds more than 56 km/h (35mph). Spinning the wheels at highspeeds when the vehicle is station-ary could cause a tire to overheatwhich could result in tire damagethat may injure bystanders.

OUN056051 OCM053010

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward of backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.

5 35


• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed on vehicles not equippedwith the automatic headlight aimingfeature. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blinded, and it will takeseveral seconds for your eyes to read-just to the darkness.

E110500AUN

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re not pre-pared for the slick pavement. Here are afew things to consider when driving in therain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to

see and will increase the distanceneeded to stop your vehicle, so slowdown.

• Keep your windshield wiping equip-ment in good shape. Replace yourwindshield wiper blades when theyshow signs of streaking or missingareas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condition,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. Be sure your tires are ingood shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal braking oper-ation returns.

E110600AUN

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be affected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes while the vehicle is moving slowly.

1VQA3003


365

E110700AHM

Highway drivingTiresAdjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires whichmay result in reduced traction or tire fail-ure.

✽✽ NOTICENever exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure shown on the tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oilHigh speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both the engine coolant andengine oil.

Drive beltA loose or damaged drive belt may resultin overheating of the engine.

WARNING• Underinflated or overinflated

tires can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, and sud-den tire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.Always check tires for properinflation before driving. For prop-er tire pressures, refer to “Tiresand wheels” in section 8.

• Driving on tires with no or insuffi-cient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tires can result in loss ofvehicle control, collisions, injury,and even death. Worn-out tiresshould be replaced as soon aspossible and should never beused for driving. Always checkthe tire tread before driving yourcar. For further information andtread limits, refer to “Tires andwheels” in section 7.

5 37


WINTER DRIVING

E120000ASA

Severe weather conditions in the winterresult in greater wear and other prob-lems. To minimize the problems of winterdriving, you should follow these sugges-tions:

E120100AUN-EC

Snowy or icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tires on yourtires. If snow tires are needed, it is nec-essary to select tires equivalent in sizeand type of the original equipment tires.Failure to do so may adversely affect thesafety and handling of your vehicle.Furthermore, speeding, rapid accelera-tion, sudden brake applications, andsharp turns are potentially very haz-ardous practices.During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids to occur. You need to keep suffi-cient distance between the vehicle inoperation in front and your vehicle. Also,apply the brake gently.

E120101AUN

Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,make sure they are radial tires of thesame size and load range as the originaltires. Mount snow tires on all four wheelsto balance your vehicle’s handling in allweather conditions. Keep in mind that thetraction provided by snow tires on dryroads may not be as high as your vehi-cle's original equipment tires. You shoulddrive cautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer for max-imum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tires without firstchecking local, state and municipal regu-lations for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

WARNING - Snow tire sizeSnow tires should be equivalent insize and type to the vehicle's stan-dard tires. Otherwise, the safetyand handling of your vehicle maybe adversely affected.

1VQA3005


385

E120200AUN

Use high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and preventsfreezing. Be sure to replace or replenishyour coolant in accordance with themaintenance schedule in section 7.Before winter, have your coolant tested toassure that its freezing point is sufficientfor the temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

E120300AUN

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in section7. The level of charge in your battery canbe checked by an authorized KIA dealeror a service station.

E120400BUN

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See section 8for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consultan authorized KIA dealer.

E120500AUN

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs as described insection 7 and replace them if necessary.Also check all ignition wiring and compo-nents to be sure they are not cracked,worn or damaged in any way.

E120600AUN

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock isfrozen internally, you may be able to thawit out by using a heated key. Handle theheated key with care to avoid injury.

E120700AUN

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedwindow washer anti-freeze solution inaccordance with instructions on the con-tainer. Window washer anti-freeze isavailable from an authorized KIA dealerand most auto parts outlets. Do not useengine coolant or other types of anti-freeze as these may damage the paintfinish.

E120800AAM

Don’t let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged position.This is most likely to happen when thereis an accumulation of snow or ice aroundor near the rear brakes or if the brakesare wet. If there is a risk the parkingbrake may freeze, apply it only temporar-ily while you put the gear shift lever in P(Park, automatic transaxle) or in first orreverse gear (manual transaxle) andblock the rear wheels so the vehicle can-not roll. Then release the parking brake.

5 39


E120900AHM

Don't let ice and snow accumu-late underneathUnder some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the vehicle to be sure themovement of the front wheels and thesteering components is not obstructed.

E121000ASA-EC

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of the weath-er, you should carry appropriate emer-gency equipment. Some of the items youmay want to carry include tow straps orchains, flashlight, emergency flares,sand, shovel, jumper cables, windowscraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls,blanket, etc.

TRAILER TOWINGE140000ABH

We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.


405

E150100AUN

Tire and loading information labelThe label located on the driver's doorsill gives the original tire size, coldtire pressures recommended for yourvehicle, the number of people thatcan be in your vehicle and vehiclecapacity weight.

E150101AAM

Vehicle capacity weight:385 kg (849 lbs.)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo. If your vehicle is equippedwith a trailer, the combined weightincludes the tongue load.

E150102AAM

Seating capacity:Total : 5 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry.

However, the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried or towed.Do not overload the vehicle as thereis a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

E150103AAM

Towing capacity:We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

E150104AUN

Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants and the tongue load, ifyour vehicle is equipped with a trailer.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

OAM05100N

OAM05101N

OAM05102N

5 41


E150105AUN-C1

Steps for determining correct loadlimit1. Locate the statement "The combined

weight of occupants and cargoshould never exceed XXX kg or XXXlbs.'' on your vehicle's placard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX kgor XXX lbs.

4.The resulting figure equals the avail-able amount of cargo and luggageload capacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals 385 kg (849lbs.), and there will be five 68 kg (150lbs.) passengers in your vehicle, theamount of available cargo and lug-gage load capacity is 45 kg (99 lbs.).(385-340 (5 x 68) = 45 kg or 849-750(5 x 150) = 99 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the available cargoand luggage load capacity calculatedin Step 4.

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific informa-tion about your vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The com-bined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed yourvehicle's capacity weight.

C190F01JM

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity 385 kg

Weight (849 lbs)Subtract Occupant

B Weight 136 kg

68 kg (150 lbs) × 2(300 lbs)

CAvailable Cargo and 249 kg

Luggage weight (549 lbs)

Example 1

A B C

C190F02JM




B Weight 340 kg

68 kg (150 lbs) × 5(750 lbs)



A B C

Example 2


425

E150200AUN

Certification labelThe certification label is located onthe driver's door sill at the center pil-lar.This label shows the maximumallowable weight of the fully loadedvehicle. This is called the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

To find out the actual loads on yourfront and rear axles, you need to goto a weigh station and weigh yourvehicle.Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out your loadequally on both sides of the center-line.

C190F03JM




B Weight 365 kg

73 kg (161 lbs) × 5(805 lbs)



A B C

Example 3

OEN056020

WARNING - Over loading• Never exceed the GVWR for

your vehicle, the GAWR foreither the front or rear axleand vehicle capacity weight.Exceeding these ratings cancause an accident or vehicledamage.You can calculate theweight of your load by weigh-ing the items (or people)before putting them in thevehicle. Be careful not to over-load your vehicle.

(Continued)

5 43


The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle- like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else - they are moving asfast as the vehicle. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is a crash,the items will keep going and cancause an injury if they strike the driv-er or a passenger.

(Continued)• Do not load your vehicle any

heavier than the GVWR, eitherthe maximum front or rearGAWR and vehicle capacityweight. If you do, parts,including tires on your vehiclecan break, and it can changethe way your vehicle handlesand braking ability. This couldcause you to lose control andcrash. Also, overloading canshorten the life of your vehi-cle.

WARNING• Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in yourvehicle's tires and possibletire failure that could lead to acrash.

• Overloading your vehicle cancause increased stopping dis-tances that could lead to acrash.

• A crash resulting from poorhandling vehicle damage, tirefailure, or increased stoppingdistances could result in seri-ous injury or death.

WARNING - Loose cargoItems you carry inside yourvehicle can strike and injureoccupants in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.• Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle. Try to spread theweight evenly.

• Never stack items, like suit-cases, inside the vehicleabove the tops of the seats.

• Do not leave an unsecuredchild restraint in your vehicle.

• When you carry somethinginside the vehicle, secure it.

• Do not drive with a seat foldeddown unless necessary.CAUTION

• Overloading your vehicle maycause damage. Repairs wouldnot be covered by your warran-ty. Do not overload your vehicle.

• Using heavier suspension com-ponents to get added durabilitymight not change your weightratings. Ask your dealer to helpyou load your vehicle the rightway.


445

E160000AUN

This section will guide you in the properloading of your vehicle and/or trailer, tokeep your loaded vehicle weight within itsdesign rating capability, with or without atrailer. Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehicledesign performance. Before loading yourvehicle, familiarize yourself with the fol-lowing terms for determining your vehi-cle's weight ratings, with or without atrailer, from the vehicle's specificationsand the certification label:

E160100AUN

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle includinga full tank of fuel and all standard equip-ment. It does not include passengers,cargo, or optional equipment.

E160200AUN

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your dealerplus any aftermarket equipment.

E160300AUN

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight added tothe Base Curb Weight, including cargoand optional equipment.

E160400AUN

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) - including vehiclecurb weight and all payload.

E160500AUN

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). These numbers are shown onthe certification label.The total load on each axle must neverexceed its GAWR.

E160600AUN

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plus actualCargo Weight plus passengers.

E160700AUN-EU

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengers andcargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-tification label located on the driver’sdoor sill.

VEHICLE WEIGHT

6

Road warning / 6-2In case of an emergency while driving / 6-2If the engine will not start / 6-3Emergency starting / 6-4If the engine overheats / 6-6Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) / 6-7If you have a flat tire / 6-12Towing / 6-20



26

ROAD WARNING

F010100ASA-C1

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.Depress the flasher switch with the igni-tion switch in any position. The flasherswitch is located in the center consoleswitch panel. All turn signal lights willflash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

F020100AUN-EU

If the engine stalls at a crossroador crossingIf the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push the vehi-cle to a safe place.

F020200AUN

If you have a flat tire while drivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal

and let the vehicle slow down whiledriving straight ahead. Do not apply thebrakes immediately or attempt to pulloff the road as this may cause a loss ofcontrol. When the vehicle has slowedto such a speed that it is safe to do so,brake carefully and pull off the road.Drive off the road as far as possibleand park on a firm level ground. If youare on a divided highway, do not parkin the median area between the twotraffic lanes.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYWHILE DRIVING

OAM049039

6 3


2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn onyour emergency hazard flashers, setthe parking brake and put the transaxlein P (Park, automatic transaxle) orreverse (manual transaxle).

3.Have all passengers get out of thevehicle. Be sure they all get out on theside of the car that is away from traffic.

4.When changing a flat tire, follow theinstruction provided later in this sec-tion.

F020300AUN

If the engine stalls while driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact anauthorized KIA dealer or seek otherqualified assistance.

F030100AAM

If engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly1. If your car has an automatic transaxle,

be sure the shift lever is in N (Neutral)or P (Park) and the emergency brakeis set.

2. Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operate thestarter, the battery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to besure they are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to startit. See instructions for "Jump starting".

F030200AHM

If engine turns over normally butdoes not start1. Check the fuel level.2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK

position, check all connectors at theignition coils and spark plugs.Reconnect any that may be discon-nected or loose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine com-partment.

4. If the engine still does not start, call anauthorized KIA dealer or seek otherqualified assistance.

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

WARNINGIf the engine will not start, do notpush or pull the vehicle to start it.This could result in a collision orcause other damage. In addition,push or pull starting may cause thecatalytic converter to overload andcreate a fire hazard.


46

EMERGENCY STARTING

F040000AUN

Connect cables in numerical order anddisconnect in reverse order.

F040100AHM-U1

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm toyourself or damage to your vehicle orbattery, follow these jump starting proce-dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom-mend that you have a competent techni-cian or towing service jump start yourvehicle.

CAUTIONUse only a 12-volt jumper system.You can damage a 12-volt startingmotor, ignition system, and otherelectrical parts beyond repair byuse of a 24-volt power supply (eithertwo 12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks away

from the battery. The battery pro-duces hydrogen gas which mayexplode if exposed to flame orsparks.If these instructions are not fol-lowed exactly, serious personalinjury and damage to the vehiclemay occur! If you are not surehow to follow this procedure,seek qualified assistance.Automobile batteries contain sul-furic acid. This is poisonous andhighly corrosive. When jumpstarting, wear protective glassesand be careful not to get acid onyourself, your clothing or on thevehicle.

• Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged batteryis frozen or if the electrolyte levelis low; the battery may rupture orexplode.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery as thismay cause the battery to rupture orexplode causing serious injury.

1VQA4001

Dischargedbattery

Jumper Cables

Boosterbattery

(-)

(+)

(+)(-)

6 5


F040101ASA

Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-

volt and that its negative terminal isgrounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles tocome in contact.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence shown in the illustration.First connect one end of a jumpercable to the positive terminal of thedischarged battery (1), then connectthe other end to the positive terminalof the booster battery (2).Proceed to connect one end of theother jumper cable to the negative ter-minal of the booster battery (3), thenthe other end to a solid, stationary,metallic point (for example, the enginelifting bracket) away from the battery(4). Do not connect it to or near anypart that moves when the engine iscranked.

Do not allow the jumper cables to con-tact anything except the correct batteryterminals or the correct ground. Do notlean over the battery when makingconnections.

5. Start the engine of the vehicle with thebooster battery and let it run at 2,000rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-cle with the discharged battery.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent, you should have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized KIA dealer.

F040200AAM-EU

Push-starting Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle and manual transaxle vehiclesequipped with clutch lock system cannotbe push-started.Follow the directions in this section forjump-starting.

CAUTION - Battery cablesDo not connect the jumper cablefrom the negative terminal of thebooster battery to the negative ter-minal of the discharged battery.This can cause the discharged bat-tery to overheat and crack, releas-ing battery acid.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge forwardwhen the engine starts could causea collision with the tow vehicle.


66

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSF050000AAM

If your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you experience a loss of power,or hear loud pinging or knocking, theengine will probably be too hot. If thishappens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as itis safe to do so.

2. Place the shift lever in P (Park, auto-matic transaxle) or Neutral (manualtransaxle) and set the parking brake. Ifthe air conditioning is on, turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running out underthe vehicle or steam is coming outfrom underneath the hood, stop theengine. Do not open the hood until thecoolant has stopped running or thesteaming has stopped. If there is novisible loss of engine coolant and nosteam, leave the engine running andcheck to be sure the engine coolingfan is operating. If the fan is not run-ning, turn the engine off.

4. Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If the drivebelt seems to be satisfactory, check forcoolant leaking from the radiator,hoses or under the vehicle. (If the airconditioning had been in use, it is nor-mal for cold water to be draining fromit when you stop).

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor engine coolant is leaking out, stopthe engine immediately and call thenearest authorized KIA dealer forassistance.

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the engine tem-perature has returned to normal. Then,if coolant has been lost, carefully addcoolant to the reservoir to bring thefluid level in the reservoir up to thehalfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call an author-ized KIA dealer for assistance.WARNING

While the engine is running, keephair, hands and clothing away frommoving parts such as the fan anddrive belts to prevent injury.

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. This mayresult in coolant being blown out ofthe opening and cause seriousburns.

CAUTIONSerious loss of coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling systemand this should be checked as soonas possible by an authorized KIAdealer.

6 7


TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) (IF EQUIPPED)

(1) TPMS malfunction indicator(2) Low tire pressure telltale

F060000AUN

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tire inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pres-sure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire causes thetire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reducesfuel efficiency and tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire mainte-nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-bility to maintain correct tire pres-sure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumina-tion of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is not oper-ating properly.The TPMS malfunctionindicator is provided by a separatetelltale, which displays the symbol"TPMS" when illuminated. When themalfunction indicator is illuminated,the system may not be able to detector signal low tire pressure as intend-ed. TPMS malfunctions may occur fora variety of reasons, including theinstallation of replacement or alter-nate tires or wheels on the vehiclethat prevent the TPMS from function-ing properly. Always check the TPMSmalfunction telltale after replacingone or more tires or wheels on yourvehicle to ensure that the replace-ment or alternate tires and wheelsallow the TPMS to continue to func-tion properly.

OAM049030N


86

F060100AHM

Low tire pressure tell-tale (if equipped)

When the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning telltale is illuminat-ed, one or more of your tires is sig-nificantly under-inflated.Immediately reduce your speed,avoid hard cornering and anticipateincreased stopping distances. Youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible. Inflate the tires tothe proper pressure as indicated onthe vehicle’s placard or tire inflationpressure label located on the driver’sside center pillar outer panel. If youcannot reach a service station or ifthe tire cannot hold the newly addedair, replace the low pressure tire withthe spare tire. Then the TPMS mal-function indicator or the Low TirePressure telltale may turn on afterrestarting and about 20 minutes ofcontinuous driving before you havethe low-pressure tire repaired andreplaced on the vehicle.

WARNING - Low pressuredamage

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable andcan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and increased brakingdistances.Continued driving on low pres-sure tires can cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

CAUTIONIn winter or cold weather, thelow tire pressure telltale may beilluminated if the tire pressurewas adjusted to the recom-mended tire inflation pressurein warm weather. It does notmean your TPMS is malfunction-ing because the decreased tem-perature leads to a proportionallowering of tire pressure.When you drive your vehiclefrom a warm area to a cold areaor from a cold area to a warmarea, or the outside temperatureis greatly higher or lower, youshould check the tire inflationpressure and adjust the tires tothe recommended tire inflationpressure.

6 9


F060200AHM-U1

TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator (if equipped)

The TPMS malfunction indicatorcomes on and stays on when there isa problem with the Tire PressureMonitoring System. If the system isable to correctly detect an under-inflation warning at the same time assystem failure then it will illuminateboth the TPMS malfunction and thelow tire pressure telltale e.g. if frontleft sensor fails, the TPMS malfunc-tion indicator turns on, but if frontright, rear left, or rear right tire isunder-inflated, the low tire pressuretelltale may turn on at the same timeas the TPMS malfunction indicator.Have the system checked by anauthorized KIA dealer as soon aspossible to determine the cause ofthe problem.

TPMSCAUTION

• The TPMS malfunction indica-tor may be illuminated if thevehicle is moving around elec-tric power supply cables orradio transmitter such as atpolice stations, governmentand public offices, broadcast-ing stations, military installa-tions, airports, or transmittingtowers, etc. This can interferewith normal operation of theTire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

(Continued)

(Continued)• If there is a failed tire sensor, it

is possible for the TPMS totemporarily learn a replace-ment sensor if closely drivento another vehicle that is alsoequipped with TPMS. In rarecases, this may temporarilydelay the TPMS malfunctionindicator from turning on.

• The TPMS malfunction indica-tor may be illuminated if snowchains or some electronicdevices, such as notebookcomputers, are used in thevehicle. These can interferewith normal operation of theTire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).


106

F060300AAM-EC

Changing a tire with TPMSIf you have a flat tire, the Low TirePressure telltale will turn on. Havethe flat tire repaired by an authorizedKIA dealer as soon as possible orreplace the flat tire with the tempo-rary spare tire.

✽✽ NOTICENEVER use a puncture-repairingagent to repair and/or inflate a lowpressure tire. If used, you will haveto replace the tire pressure sensor.

Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-ommended that you always haveyour tires serviced by an authorizedKIA dealer as soon as possible.After you replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire, the TPMSmalfunction indicator or the Low TirePressure telltale may illuminate afterrestarting and about 20 minutes ofcontinuous driving.

Once the low pressure tire is re-inflated to the recommended pres-sure and installed on the vehicle, theTPMS malfunction indicator and thelow tire pressure telltale will turn off.If the low pressure and TPMS mal-function indicators do not turn offafter about 20 minutes of continuousdriving, please visit an authorizedKIA dealer.You may not be able to identify a lowpressured tire by simply looking at it.Always use a good quality tire pres-sure gauge to measure the tire'sinflation pressure. Please note that atire that is hot (from being driven) willhave a higher pressure measure-ment than a tire that is cold (from sit-ting stationary for at least 3 hoursand driven less than 1 mile duringthat 3 hour period). Allow the tire tocool before measuring the inflationpressure.Always be sure the tire is cold beforeinflating to the recommended pres-sure.A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1 mile in that 3 hour period.

CAUTION• Do not use any tire sealant if

your vehicle is equipped witha Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem.The liquid sealant candamage the tire pressure sen-sors.

• In order for the system to cor-rectly monitor tires for under-inflation, there should be atotal of exactly 4 sensors fit-ted to each of the four wheels.There should be no other sen-sors in the vehicle includingthe spare tire since this couldcause the system to monitorthe wrong sensors.

6 11


This device complies withIndustry Canada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1.This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2.This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesiredoperation.

WARNING -Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)components may interfere withthe system's ability to warn thedriver of low tire pressure con-ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-tions. Tampering with, modify-ing, or disabling the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS) components may voidthe warranty for that portion ofthe vehicle.

WARNING - TPMS• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire dam-age caused by external fac-tors such as nails or roaddebris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-ity, immediately take your footoff the accelerator, apply thebrakes gradually and withlight force, and slowly move toa safe position off the road.

WARNING Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.


126

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

F070100AEN

Jack and toolsThe jack, jack handle, wheel lug nutwrench are stored in the luggagecompartment. Pull up the luggagebox cover to reach this equipment.(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench

F070101AAM

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

OAM069002

WARNING - Changing tires• Never attempt vehicle repairs

in the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tire. The jack shouldbe used on a firm levelground. If you cannot find afirm, level place off the road,call a towing service companyfor assistance.

• Be sure to use the correctfront and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; neveruse the bumpers or any otherpart of the vehicle for jacksupport.

(Continued)

6 13


F070200ASA

Removing and storing the sparetire Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise.Store the tire in the reverse order ofremoval.To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

F070300AAM-EU-U1

Changing tires 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in R

(Reverse) with manual transaxle orP (Park) with automatic transaxle.

3. Activate the hazard warning flash-er.

(Continued)• The vehicle can easily roll off

the jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack;use vehicle support stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

OAM069008 1VQA4022


146

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositefrom the jack position.

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

WARNING - Changing a tire• To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle beblocked, and that no personremain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.

1VQA4023 OAM069001

6 15


7. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tireyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 30 mm (1 in.).Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

9. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tire, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel backand forth until the wheel can slideover the other studs.

WARNING - Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

OCM054013 OAM069009


166

10. To install the wheel, hold it on thestuds, put the wheel nuts on thestuds and tighten them fingertight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it iscompletely seated, then tightenthe nuts as much as possiblewith your fingers again.

11. Lower the vehicle to the groundby turning the wheel nut wrenchcounterclockwise.

Then position the wrench as shownin the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use anextension pipe over the wrench han-dle. Go around the wheel tighteningevery nut following the numericalsequence shown in the image untilthey are all tight. Then double-checkeach nut for tightness. After changingwheels, have an authorized KIAdealer tighten the wheel nuts to theirproper torque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:9~11 kg·m (65~79 lb·ft)

WARNINGWheels may have sharp edges.Handle them carefully to avoidpossible severe injury. Beforeputting the wheel into place, besure that there is nothing on thehub or wheel (such as mud, tar,gravel, etc.) that prevents withthe wheel from fitting solidlyagainst the hub.If there is, remove it. If the con-tact of the mounting surfacebetween the wheel and hub isnot good, the wheel nuts couldcome loose and cause the lossof a wheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.

OUN047019

6 17


If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting the tire pressure. If the capis not replaced, dust and dirt may getinto the tire valve and air may leakfrom the tire. If you lose a valve cap,buy another and install it as soon aspossible.After you have changed the wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an author-ized KIA dealer.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING - Inadequatespare tire pressure

Check the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installingthe spare tire. Adjust it to thespecified pressure, if necessary.Refer to “Tires and wheels” insection 8.


186

F070301AUN-EC

Important - use of compact spare tire(if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tire. This compact sparetire takes up less space than a regu-lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than aconventional tire and is designed fortemporary use only.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 420 kPa (60 psi).

✽✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); ahigher speed could damage thetire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately25 mm (1 inch), which could resultin damage to the vehicle.

CAUTION• You should drive carefully

when the compact spare is inuse. The compact spareshould be replaced by theproper conventional tire andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicleis not recommended withmore than one compact sparetire in use at the same time.

WARNINGThe compact spare tire is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over80 km/h (50 mph). The originaltire should be repaired orreplaced as soon as is possibleto avoid failure of the sparepossibly leading to personalinjury or death.

6 19


• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• The compact spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.


206

TOWING

F080100AAM-EU

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by an author-ized KIA dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towingprocedures are necessary to preventdamage to the vehicle. The use of wheeldollies or flatbed is recommended.For trailer towing guidelines information,refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.

It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with therear wheels on the ground (without dol-lies) and the front wheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towing dollyunder the front wheels.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, thefront of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the rear.

CAUTION• Do not tow with sling-type equip-

ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

• Do not tow the vehicle backwardswith the front wheels on theground as this may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

OPA067015

OPA067017

OPA067016

dolly

6 21


When towing your vehicle in an emer-gency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-

tion.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

F080200AAM

Removable towing hook (front) (if equipped)1. Remove the towing hook from the tool

case.2. Remove the hole cover pressing the

lower part of the cover on the frontbumper.

3. Install the towing hook by turning itclockwise into the hole until it is fullysecured.

4. Remove the towing hook and installthe cover after use.

CAUTIONFailure to place the transaxle shiftlever in N (Neutral) may cause inter-nal damage to the transaxle. OAM069010 OAM069011


226

F080300AHM-EU

Emergency towingIf towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by an authorizedKIA dealer or a commercial tow truckservice.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tem-porarily towed using a cable or chainsecured to the emergency towing hookunder the front (or rear) of the vehicle.Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle tosteer it and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, power train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehi-

cle out of mud, sand or other condi-tions from which the vehicle cannot bedriven out under its own power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than thevehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other frequent-ly.

• Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply it steadilyand with even force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a vertical angle.Always pull straight ahead.

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the tow

hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for tow-ing may damage the body of yourvehicle.

• Only use a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towingvehicles. Securely fasten thecable or chain to the towing hookprovided.

OAM069011

OAM069012L

Front

Rear (if equipped)

6 23


• Use a towing strap less than 5 m (16feet) long. Attach a white or red cloth(about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) in themiddle of the strap for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towing strapis not loose during towing.

F080301AAM-EU

Emergency towing precautions• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the

steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking bake.• Press the brake pedal with more force

than usual since you will have reducedbrake performance.

• More steering effort will be requiredbecause the power steering systemwill be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill, thebrakes may overheat and brake per-formance will be reduced. Stop oftenand let the brakes cool off.

WARNING Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on theemergency towing hook and tow-ing cable or chain. The hook andtowing cable or chain may breakand cause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the disabled vehicle cannot bemoved, do not forcibly continuethe towing. Contact an authorizedKIA dealer or a commercial towtruck service for assistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle dur-ing towing.

OPA067014


246

F080400AHM

Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing, if equipped)

CAUTION - Automatictransaxle

• If the vehicle is being towed withall four wheels on the ground, itcan be towed only from the front.Be sure that the transaxle is inneutral. Do not tow at speedsgreater than 40 km/h (25 mph)and for more than 25 km (15 mile).Be sure the steering wheel isunlocked by placing the ignitionswitch in the ACC position. Adriver must be in the towed vehi-cle to operate the steering wheeland brakes.

• Before towing, check the auto-matic transaxle fluid leak underyour vehicle. If the automatictransaxle fluid is leaking, aflatbed equipment or towing dollymust be used.

WARNING Do not use the hooks under therear of the vehicle for towing pur-poses. These hooks are designedONLY for transport tie-down. If thetie-down hooks are used for tow-ing, the tie-down hooks or rearbumper will be damaged and thiscould lead to serious injury.

7

Engine compartment / 7-2Maintenance services / 7-4Owner maintenance / 7-5Maintenance schedule / 7-7Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-11Engine oil / 7-14Engine coolant / 7-15Brake/clutch fluid / 7-18Power steering fluid / 7-19Automatic transaxle fluid / 7-20Washer fluid / 7-22Parking brake / 7-22Air cleaner / 7-23Wiper blades / 7-24Battery / 7-27Tires and wheels / 7-30

Fuses / 7-43Appearance care / 7-52Emission control system / 7-58

Maintenance

Maintenance

27

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

G010000AAM-EU

OAM019003N

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Negative battery terminal

7. Positive battery terminal

8. Radiator cap

9. Engine oil dipstick

10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

11. Power steering fluid reservoir*

* if equipped


■■ 1.6L

7 3

Maintenance

OAM079039N

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Negative battery terminal

7. Positive battery terminal

8. Automatic transaxle fluid dipstick*

9. Radiator cap

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

12. Power steering fluid reservoir*

* if equipped

■■ 2.0L


Maintenance

47

MAINTENANCE SERVICESG020000AHM

You should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Should you have any doubts concerningthe inspection or servicing of your vehi-cle, we strongly recommend that youhave an authorized KIA dealer performthis work.An authorized KIA dealer has factorytrained technicians and genuine KIAparts to service your vehicle properly. Forexpert advice and quality service, see anauthorized KIA dealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

G020100AUN-EU

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been performedon your vehicle in accordance with thescheduled maintenance service chartsshown on the following pages. You needthis information to establish your compli-ance with the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle warranties.Detailed warranty information is providedin your Warranty & Consumer Informationmanual.Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not covered.We recommend you have your vehiclemaintained and repaired by an author-ized KIA dealer. An authorized KIA deal-er meets KIA’s high service quality stan-dards and receives technical supportfrom KIA in order to provide you with ahigh level of service satisfaction.

G020200AUN-EU

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section, sev-eral procedures can be done only by anauthorized KIA dealer with special tools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect warran-ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-rate Warranty & ConsumerInformation manual provided with thevehicle. If you're unsure about any serv-icing or maintenance procedure, have itdone by an authorized KIA dealer.

7 5

Maintenance

G030000AUN

The following lists are vehicle checks andinspections that should be performed bythe owner or an authorized KIA dealer atthe frequencies indicated to help ensuresafe, dependable operation of your vehi-cle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealer assoon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labor, parts andlubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule G030101AHM

When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check the coolant level in the coolant

reservoir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance work ona vehicle can be dangerous. Youcan be seriously injured whileperforming some maintenanceprocedures. If you lack sufficientknowledge and experience or theproper tools and equipment to dothe work, have it done by anauthorized KIA dealer.

• Working under the hood with theengine running is dangerous. Itbecomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can becomeentangled in moving parts andresult in injury. Therefore, if youmust run the engine while work-ing under the hood, make certainthat you remove all jewelry (espe-cially rings, bracelets, watches,and necklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar loose cloth-ing before getting near theengine or cooling fans.

OWNER MAINTENANCE

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause burnsor other serious injury.

Maintenance

67

G030102AAM

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-eling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the oper-ation of your transaxle occurs, checkthe transaxle fluid level.

• Check the automatic transaxle P(Park) function.

• Check the parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle

(water dripping from the air condition-ing system during or after use is nor-mal).

G030103AHM

At least monthly:• Check the coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

G030104AHM

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall):• Check the radiator, heater and air con-

ditioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check the windshield washer spray

and wiper operation. Clean the wiperblades with clean cloth dampened withwasher fluid.

• Check the headlight alignment.• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tires and loose wheel

lug nuts.

G030105AHM-C1

At least once a year:• Clean the body and door drain holes.• Lubricate the door hinges and checks,

and hood hinges.• Lubricate the door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate the door rubber weather-

strips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Check the power steering fluid level.• Inspect and lubricate the automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean the battery and terminals.• Check the brake/clutch fluid level.

7 7

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULEG040100AAM-EC

Engine control system

Kilometers or time in months, whichever comes first

× 1,000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 128

# Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64

Engine oil & engine oil filter (1) R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Drive belts (tension) I I I I

Cooling system hoses & connections I I I I I

Engine coolant (1) I I I I I R I I I I I R I I I I

Fuel filter R R

Fuel tank cap, lines, EVAP canister and hoses I I

Fuel tank air filter (CCV filter) I R I R I

Air cleaner element (2) I I I I I R I I I I I R I I I I

Ignition wires I I

Spark plugs1.6L R R

2.0L

Idle speed I I I I I

Valve clearance I

Engine timing belt (2.0) R

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCE ITEM

Replace every 160,000 km

Maintenance

87

Chassis and body


× 1,000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 128

# Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64

Air conditioner compressor operation & I I I I I

refrigerant amount*

Climate control air filter*

Exhaust pipes, heat shield & mountings I I I I I I I I

Front suspension ball joints I I I I

Brakes/clutch* fluid (1) I I I I I I I R I I I I I I I R

Front brake pads & discs (3) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Rear brake pads & discs/drums (3) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Parking brake I I I I I I I I

Brake lines & connections I I I I I

(including booster)

Manual transaxle oil* (1) I I I I I I I I I I I R I I I I

Clutch* & brake pedal free play I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


MAINTENANCE ITEM

* : if equipped

Replace every 16,000 km

7 9

Maintenance

Chassis and body (Continued)


× 1,000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 128

# Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64

Automatic transaxle fluid* (1) I I I I I I I I I I I R I I I I

Chassis & underbody bolts & nuts I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Tire condition & inflation pressure I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Wheel alignment (4)

Tire rotation

Steering operation & linkage I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Power steering fluid & lines* I I I I I I I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I I I I

Seat belts, buckles & anchors I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Lock, hinges & hood latch L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L


MAINTENANCE ITEM

Inspect when abnormal condition noted

Rotate the tires every 12,000 km

* : if equipped

Maintenance

107

Chart symbols:I- Inspect these items and their related parts. If necessary, correct, clean, refill, adjust or replace.R- Replace or changeL- Lubricate.

(1) Refer to the lubricant and coolant specifications in the Owner’s Manual.(2) More frequent maintenance is required if driving under dusty conditions.(3) More frequent maintenance is required if the vehicle is operated under any of the following conditions:

a. Short-distance driving.b. Driving on dusty roads.c. Extensive idling or slow-speed driving in stop-and-go traffic.

(4) If necessary, rotate and balance the wheels.

* Note: Check the engine oil and coolant levels every week.

7 11

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSG050100AHM

Engine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the vehicle isbeing driven in severe conditions, morefrequent oil and filter changes arerequired.

G050200AUN

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-ration and replace if necessary. Drivebelts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as neces-sary.

G050300AUN

Fuel filter (cartridge)A clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, damagethe emission system and cause multipleissues such as hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumu-lates in the fuel tank, the filter mayrequire replacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run the enginefor several minutes, and check for leaksat the connections. Fuel filters should beinstalled by an authorized KIA dealer.

G050400AUN-EU

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havean authorized KIA dealer replace anydamaged or leaking parts immediately.

G050500AUN

Timing belt (if equipped)Inspect all parts related to the timing beltfor damage and deformation. Replaceany damaged parts immediately.

G050600AUN

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap shouldbe inspected at those intervals specifiedin the maintenance schedule. Make surethat a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap iscorrectly replaced.

G050700AUN

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhosesInspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact withany heat source, sharp edges or movingcomponent which might cause heat dam-age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

Maintenance

127

G050800AUN

Air cleaner filterA Genuine KIA air cleaner filter is recom-mended when the filter is replaced.

G050900AUN

Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.

G051000AHM

Valve clearance (if equipped)Inspect for excessive valve noise and/orengine vibration and adjust if necessary.An authorized KIA dealer should performthe operation.

G051100AHM

Cooling systemCheck the cooling system components,such as the radiator, coolant reservoir,hoses and connections for leakage anddamage. Replace any damaged parts.

G051200AUN

CoolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule.

G051300AUN

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)Inspect the manual transaxle fluidaccording to the maintenance schedule.

G051400AUN

Automatic transaxle fluid(if equipped)The fluid level should be in the "HOT"range of the dipstick, after the engineand transaxle are at normal operatingtemperature. Check the automatictransaxle fluid level with the engine run-ning and the transaxle in neutral, with theparking brake properly applied.

G051500AUN

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

G051600AAM

Brake/Clutch (if equipped) fluidCheck the brake fluid level in the brakefluid reservoir. The level should bebetween “MIN” and “MAX” marks on theside of the reservoir. Use only hydraulicbrake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT4 specification.

G051700AUN

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake system includ-ing the parking brake pedal and cables.

G051900AUN

Brake discs, pads, calipers androtorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.

7 13

Maintenance

G051800APA

Rear brake drums and linings(if equipped)Check the rear brake drums and liningsfor scoring, burning, leaking fluid, brokenparts, and excessive wear.

G052000AUN

Exhaust pipe and mufflerVisually inspect the exhaust pipes, muf-fler and hangers for cracks, deterioration,or damage. Start the engine and listencarefully for any exhaust gas leakage.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.

G052100AUN

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

G052200AUN

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in thesteering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage.Check the dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

G052300AEN

Power steering pump, belt andhoses (if equipped)Check the power steering pump andhoses for leakage and damage. Replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately. Inspect the power steering belt (ordrive belt) for evidence of cuts, cracks,excessive wear, oiliness and proper ten-sion. Replace or adjust it if necessary.

G052400AUN

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage.Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-essary, repack the grease.

G052500AUN

Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage.

Maintenance

147

ENGINE OIL

G060100AHM-EU

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for a fewminutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andre-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bringthe level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capaci-ties” in section 8.)

WARNING - Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may behot enough to burn you.

CAUTIONDo not overfill the engine oil. It maydamage the engine.

OAM079001 OAM079004

7 15

Maintenance

G060200AHM

Changing the engine oil and filterHave engine oil and filter changed by anauthorized KIA dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

G070000AHM

The high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year round antifreezecoolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-tory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, at thebeginning of the winter season, andbefore traveling to a colder climate.

G070100AHM

Checking the coolant level

ENGINE COOLANT

WARNING - Removingradiator cap

• Never attempt to remove the radi-ator cap while the engine is oper-ating or hot. Doing so might leadto cooling system and enginedamage. Also, hot coolant orsteam could cause serious per-sonal injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Turn the engine off and wait until

it cools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it, andturn it counterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back while thepressure is released from thecooling system. When you aresure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on the cap,using a thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

• Even if the engine is not operat-ing, do not remove the radiatorcap or the drain plug while theengine and radiator are hot. Hotcoolant and steam may still blowout under pressure, causing seri-ous injury.

WARNINGUsed engine oil may cause skin irri-tation or cancer if left in contactwith the skin for prolonged periodsof time. Used engine oil containschemicals that have caused cancerin laboratory animals. Always pro-tect your skin by washing yourhands thoroughly with soap andwarm water as soon as possibleafter handling used oil.

Maintenance

167

Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F and L marks on the side of thecoolant reservoir when the engine iscool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughspecified coolant to provide protectionagainst freezing and corrosion. Bring thelevel to F, but do not overfill. If frequentadditions are required, see an authorizedKIA dealer for a cooling system inspec-tion.

G070101AHM

Recommended engine coolant• Use only soft (distilled) water in the

coolant mixture.• The engine in your vehicle has alu-

minum engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol-basedcoolant to prevent corrosion and freez-ing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

OAM079005

7 17

Maintenance

G070200AHM

Changing the coolantHave the coolant changed by an author-ized KIA dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

WARNING - Radiator capDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant andsteam may blow out under pres-sure causing serious injury.

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth around the radiatorcap before refilling the coolant inorder to prevent the coolant fromoverflowing into engine parts suchas the alternator.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damagethe paint and body trim.

OAM079006

Maintenance

187

BRAKE/CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID

G080100AAM

Checking the brake/clutch* fluidlevel Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake/clutch* fluid, clean the areaaround the reservoir cap thoroughly toprevent brake/clutch* fluid contamina-tion.

* : if equipped

If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake liningsand/or clutch disc (if equipped). If thefluid level is excessively low, have thebrake/clutch* system checked by anauthorized KIA dealer.

Use only the specified brake/clutch* fluid.(Refer to “Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNING - Brake/clutch*fluid

When changing and addingbrake/clutch* fluid, handle it care-fully. Do not let it come in contactwith your eyes. If brake/clutch* fluidshould come in contact with youreyes, immediately flush them with alarge quantity of fresh tap water.Have your eyes examined by a doc-tor as soon as possible.

WARNING - Loss ofbrake/clutch* fluid

In the event the brake/clutch* sys-tem requires frequent additions offluid, the vehicle should be inspect-ed by an authorized KIA dealer.

CAUTIONDo not allow brake/clutch* fluid tocontact the vehicle's body paint, aspaint damage will result.Brake/clutch* fluid, which has beenexposed to open air for an extendedtime should never be used as itsquality cannot be guaranteed. Itshould be disposed of properly.Don't put in the wrong kind of fluid.A few drops of mineral-based oil,such as engine oil, in yourbrake/clutch* system can damagebrake/clutch* system parts.

OAM079007

7 19

Maintenance

POWER STEERING FLUID (IF EQUIPPED)

G090100AHM

Checking the power steering fluidlevel With the vehicle on level ground, checkthe fluid level in the power steering reser-voir periodically. The fluid should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir at the normal tem-perature.Before adding power steering fluid, thor-oughly clean the area around the reser-voir cap to prevent power steering fluidcontamination.If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel.

✽✽ NOTICECheck that the fluid level is in the"HOT" range on the reservoir. If thefluid is cold, check that it is in the"COLD" range.

In the event the power steering systemrequires frequent addition of fluid, thevehicle should be inspected by anauthorized KIA dealer.

Use only the specified power steeringfluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubricantsand capacities" in section 8.)

G090200AEN

Checking the power steeringhoseCheck the connections for oil leaks, dam-age and twists in the power steeringhose before driving.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to the power

steering pump, do not operate thevehicle for prolonged periodswith a low power steering fluidlevel.

• Never start the engine when thereservoir tank is empty.

• When adding fluid, be careful thatdirt does not get into the tank.

• Too little fluid can result inincreased steering effort and/ornoise from the power steeringsystem.

• The use of the non-specified fluidcould reduce the effectiveness ofthe power steering system andcause damage to it.

OAM079039N/OHM078006N

Maintenance

207

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (IF EQUIPPED)

G100100BUN-C1

Checking the automatic transaxlefluid level The automatic transaxle fluid levelshould be checked regularly.Keep the vehicle on the level ground withthe parking brake applied and check thefluid level according to the following pro-cedure.1.Place the shift lever in N (Neutral) posi-

tion and confirm the engine is runningat normal idle speed.

2.After the transaxle is warmed up suffi-ciently [fluid temperature 70~80°C(158~176°F)], for example by 10 min-utes usual driving, move the shift leverthrough all positions then place theshift lever in N (Neutral) or P (Park)position.

3.Confirm if the fluid level is in the "HOT"range on the level gauge. If the fluidlevel is lower, add the specified fluidfrom the fill hole. If the fluid level ishigher, drain the fluid from the drainhole.

4. If the fluid level is checked in cold con-dition [fluid temperature 20~30 °C(68~86 °F)], add the fluid to the “C”(COLD) line and then recheck the fluidlevel according to the above step 2.

✽✽ NOTICE“C” (COLD) range is for reference onlyand should NOT be used to determinetransaxle fluid level.

WARNING - Transaxle fluidThe transaxle fluid level should bechecked when the engine is at nor-mal operating temperature. Thismeans that the engine, radiator,radiator hose and exhaust systemetc., are very hot. Exercise greatcare not to burn yourself duringthis procedure.

WARNING - Parking brakeTo avoid sudden movement of thevehicle, apply parking brake anddepress the brake pedal beforemoving the shift lever.

CAUTION• Low fluid level causes transaxle

slippage. Overfilling can causefoaming, loss of fluid and transaxlemalfunction.

• The use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle malfunc-tion and failure.

OAM079009 OSA077009

HOT

COLD

7 21

Maintenance

✽✽ NOTICENew automatic transaxle fluid should bered. The red dye is added so the assem-bly plant can identify it as automatictransaxle fluid and distinguish it fromengine oil or antifreeze. The red dye,which is not an indicator of fluid quali-ty, is not permanent. As the vehicle isdriven, the automatic transaxle fluidwill begin to look darker. The color mayeventually appear light brown.Therefore, have an authorized KIAdealer change the automatic transaxlefluid according to the ScheduledMaintenance at the beginning of thissection.

Use only the specified automatictransaxle fluid. (Refer to "Recommendedlubricants or capacities" in section 8.)

G100200AUN-U1

Changing the automatic transaxlefluidHave the automatic transaxle fluidchanged by an authorized KIA dealeraccording to the Maintenance Scheduleat the beginning of this section.

Maintenance

227

WASHER FLUID

G120100AUN-C1

Checking the washer fluid levelCheck the fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plainwater may be used if washer fluid is notavailable. However, use washer solventwith antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

G140100AAM

Checking the parking brake Check the stroke of the parking brake bycounting the number of “clicks’’ heardwhile fully applying it from the releasedposition. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an authorized KIAdealer.

Stroke : 5~7 “clicks’’ at a force of 20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N).

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

• Windshield washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under cer-tain circumstances. Do not allowsparks or flame to contact thewasher fluid or the washer fluidreservoir. Damage to the vehicleor occupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid contactingwindshield washer fluid. Seriousinjury or death could occur.

PARKING BRAKE

OAM079039N OAM059004

7 23

Maintenance

AIR CLEANER

G160100AAM-EC

Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary, andshould not be washed.You can clean the filter when inspectingthe air cleaner element.Clean the filter by using compressed air.

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-ment more often than the usual recom-mended intervals.

OAM079043

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner fil-ter, be careful that dust or dirtdoes not enter the air intake, ordamage may result.

• Use a KIA genuine part. Use ofnon-genuine parts could damagethe air flow sensor.

Maintenance

247

WIPER BLADES

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

G180100AUN

Blade inspection✽✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe wiper blades with foreign matter canreduce the effectiveness of the wind-shield wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

G180200AUN

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.

1JBA5122CAUTION

To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

7 25

Maintenance

G180201AUN

Front windshield wiper blade1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper

blade assembly to expose the plasticlocking clip.

2. Compress the clip and slide the bladeassembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.

4. Install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.

1LDA5023 1JBA7037

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

1JBA7038

Maintenance

267

G180202AAM

Rear window wiper blade 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the

wiper blade assembly.

2. Install the new blade assembly byinserting the center part into the slot inthe wiper arm until it clicks into place.

3. Make sure the blade assembly isinstalled firmly by trying to pull it slight-ly.

4. Place back the wiper arm to the prop-er position.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms orother components, have an authorizedKIA dealer replace the wiper blade.

OHM078062 OED076041

7 27

Maintenance

BATTERY

G190100AAM

For best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

WARNING - Battery dangersAlways read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettes andall other flames or sparksaway from the battery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highlycorrosive SULFURIC ACID.Do not allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

(Continued)

If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention.If electrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly wash thecontacted area. If you feelpain or burning sensation,get medical attention imme-diately.

Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery. Always provideventilation when working inan enclosed space.

Dispose the battery accord-ing to your local law(s). (ifequipped)

(Continued)

OAM079015

Maintenance

287

G190200AUN

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged in a

short time (because, for example, theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhile the vehicle was not in use),recharge it by slow charging (trickle)for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load while thevehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.

(Continued)• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-

tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the battery cablesare connected.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage. Nevertouch these components with theengine running or the ignitionswitched on.

Failure to follow the above warn-ings can result in serious bodilyinjury or death.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in anarea with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,or flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charg-ing, and stop or reduce the charg-ing rate if the battery cells begingassing (boiling) violently or ifthe temperature of the electrolyteof any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).

• Wear eye protection when check-ing the battery during charging.

• Disconnect the battery charger inthe following order.

1. Turn off the battery charger mainswitch.

2. Unhook the negative clamp fromthe negative battery terminal.

3. Unhook the positive clamp fromthe positive battery terminal.

7 29

Maintenance

G190300AAM

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Sunroof (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4, Audio)• Audio (See section 4)

WARNING• Before performing maintenance

or recharging the battery, turn offall accessories and stop theengine.

• The negative battery cable mustbe removed first and installedlast when the battery is discon-nected.

Maintenance

307

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tire pres-sures at the proper levels. If atire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an author-ized KIA dealer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread, anda greater possibility of dam-age from road hazards.

TIRES AND WHEELSG200100AUN

Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

G200200AUN-EU

Recommended cold tire inflationpressuresAll tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less than1.6 km (one mile).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, vehiclehandling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressure,refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the driver’s side centerpillar.

WARNING - Tire under-inflation

Severe underinflation can leadto severe heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tire failures that can resultin the loss of vehicle controlleading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OUN086005

7 31

Maintenance

G200300AUN

Checking tire inflation pressureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

G200301AUN

How to checkUse a good quality gage to check tirepressure.You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by look-ing at them. Radial tires may lookproperly inflated even when they'reunderinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1.6 km (1 mile).

WARNING - Tire InflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

CAUTION - Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the

tires are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't beendriven more than 1.6 km (onemile) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tire each time you checkthe pressure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badlyworn, or if your tires havebeen damaged, replace them.

CAUTION• Warm tires normally exceed

recommended cold tire pres-sures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6psi). Do not release air fromwarm tires to adjust the pres-sure or the tires will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tireinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If avalve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

Maintenance

327

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

G200400AUN

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 12,000 km (7,500 miles) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

WARNING• Inspect your tires frequently

for proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always usea tire pressure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly caus-ing poor handling, loss of vehi-cle control, and sudden tirefailure leading to accidents,injuries, and even death. Therecommended cold tire pres-sure for your vehicle can befound in this manual and onthe tire label located on the dri-ver's side center pillar.

• Worn tires can cause acci-dents. Replace tires that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire. KIArecommends that you checkthe spare every time youcheck the pressure of theother tires on your vehicle.

7 33

Maintenance

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

✽✽ NOTICERotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right toleft.

G200500AUN

Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

S2BLA790A

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tire

Directional tires (if equipped) WARNING• Do not use the compact spare

tire (if equipped) for tire rota-tion.

• Do not mix bias ply and radialply tires under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,severe injury, or propertydamage.

CAUTIONImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

Maintenance

347

G200600AHM-EU

Tire replacementIf the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

OEN076053

Tread wear indicator WARNING - Replacingtires

To reduce the chance of seriousor fatal injuries from an acci-dent caused by tire failure orloss of vehicle control:• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or aredamaged. Worn tires cancause loss of braking effec-tiveness, steering control, andtraction.

• Do not drive your vehicle withtoo little or too much pressurein your tires. This can lead touneven wear and tire failure.

• When replacing tires, nevermix radial and bias-ply tireson the same car. You mustreplace all tires (including thespare) if moving from radial tobias-ply tires.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Using tires and wheels other

than the recommended sizescould cause unusual handlingcharacteristics and poor vehi-cle control, resulting in a seri-ous accident.

• Wheels that do not meet KIA’sspecifications may fit poorlyand result in damage to thevehicle or unusual handlingand poor vehicle control.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Thetire size affects wheel speed.When replacing tires, all 4tires must use the same sizeoriginally supplied with thevehicle. Using tires of a differ-ent size can cause the ABS(Anti-lock Brake System) andESC (Electronic StabilityControl) to work irregularly.

7 35

Maintenance

G200601AUN

Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

G200700BHM-EC

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

G200800AHM

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. Slow down whenever thereis rain, snow or ice on the road toreduce the possibility of losing con-trol of the vehicle.

G200900AUN

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance,speedometer and odometer cal-ibration, headlight aim andbumper height.

Maintenance

367

G201000AUN

Tire sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

G201001AUN

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

G201002AHM

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your vehicle. The fol-lowing explains what the letters andnumbers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)P245/70R17 108T

P - Applicable vehicle type (tiresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengervehicles or light trucks; however,not all tires have this marking).

245 - Tire width in millimeters.70 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).17 - Rim diameter in inches.

108 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

T - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:7.0JX17

7.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.17 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

7 37

Maintenance

Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger car tires. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

G201003AHM

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1609 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2009.

WARNING - Tire ageTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, we recommend that tiresbe replaced after approximatelysix (6) years of normal service.Heat caused by hot climates orfrequent high loading condi-tions can accelerate the agingprocess. Failure to follow thiswarning can result in suddentire failure, which could lead toa loss of control and an acci-dent involving serious injury ordeath.

S 180 km/h (112 mph)T 190 km/h (118 mph)H 210 km/h (130 mph)V 240 km/h (149 mph)Z Above 240 km/h (149 mph)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

Maintenance

387

G201004AEN

4. Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

G201005AUN

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

G201006AUN

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

G2010007AEN-EC

7. Uniform tire quality gradingQuality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example:TREADWEAR 200TRACTION AATEMPERATURE A

Tread wearThe tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclemay vary with respect to grade.

7 39

Maintenance

Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tire’s ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of perform-ance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

WARNING - Tire temperature

The temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentire failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

WARNING The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

Maintenance

407

G201100AAM-EC

Tire terminology and definitionsAir Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward onthe tire. Air pressure is expressed inkilopascal (kPa) or pounds persquare inch (psi).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional acces-sories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, automatictransaxle, power seats, and air con-ditioning.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inkilopascals (kPa) or pounds persquare inch (psi) before a tire hasbuilt up heat from driving.Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant, but without passengers andcargo.DOT Markings: The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric des-ignator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand and date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Rear axle.Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Load Index: An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that corre-sponds to the load carrying capacityof a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire may be inflated. The maxi-mum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The loadrating for a tire at the maximum per-missible inflation pressure for thattire.Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by 68 kg(150 pounds).Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.

7 41

Maintenance

Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The outwardfacing sidewall bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure and shownon the tire placard.Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seat-ed.Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.Traction: The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called "wearbars," that show across the tread of atire when only 2/32 inch of treadremains.UTQGS: Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards, a tire informationsystem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs.) plus therated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tire due tocurb and accessory weight plusmaximum occupant and cargoweight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and driving by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-ly attached to a vehicle showing theoriginal equipment tire size and rec-ommended inflation pressure.

Maintenance

427

All season tires KIA specifies all season tires onsome models to provide good per-formance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires KIA specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior perform-ance on dry roads. Summer tire per-formance is substantially reduced insnow and ice. Summer tires do nothave the tire traction rating M+S(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.if you plan to operate your vehicle insnowy or icy conditions. KIA recom-mends the use of snow tires or allseason tires on all four wheels.

Snow tiresIf you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4psi) more air pressure than the pres-sure recommended for the standardtires on the tire label on the driver'sside of the center pillar, or up to themaximum pressure shown on the tiresidewall, whichever is less.Do not drive faster than 120 km/h (75mph) when your vehicle is equippedwith snow tires.

Radial-ply tiresRadial-ply tires provide improvedtread life, road hazard resistance andsmoother high speed ride. The radi-al-ply tires used on this vehicle are ofbelted construction, and are selectedto complement the ride and handlingcharacteristics of your vehicle.Radial-ply tires have the same loadcarrying capacity, as bias-ply or biasbelted tires of the same size, and usethe same recommended inflationpressure. Mixing of radial-ply tireswith bias-ply or bias belted tires isnot recommended. Any combina-tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or biasbelted tires when used on the samevehicle will seriously deterioratevehicle handling. The best rule to fol-low is: Identical radial-ply tires shouldalways be used as a set of four.Longer wearing tires can be moresusceptible to irregular tread wear. Itis very important to follow the tirerotation interval shown in this sectionto achieve the tread life potential ofthese tires. Cuts and punctures inradial-ply tires are repairable only inthe tread area, because of sidewallflexing. Consult your tire dealer forradial-ply tire repairs.

7 43

Maintenance

FUSES

G210000AAM

A vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.

This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one locat-ed in the driver’s side panel bolster, theother in the engine compartment nearthe battery.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse willmelt.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and immediatelyconsult an authorized KIA dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: blade typefor lower amperage rating, cartridge type,and multi fuse for higher amperage rat-ings.

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire instead of theproper fuse - even as a temporaryrepair. It may cause extensivewiring damage and a possible fire.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

OBK079042

Normal

Normal

Blade type

Cartridge type

Multi fuse

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

Maintenance

447

G210100AAM

Inner panel fuse replacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided on thefuse panel cover.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown.Spare fuses are provided in the instru-ment panel fuse panel (or in the enginecompartment fuse panel).

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorized KIAdealer.If you do not have a spare, use a fuse ofthe same rating from a circuit you maynot need for operating the vehicle, suchas the cigarette lighter fuse.

If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse panel in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

OAM079047OAM079020

7 45

Maintenance

G210101AHM-C1

Memory fuseYour vehicle is equipped with a memoryfuse to prevent battery discharge if yourvehicle is parked without being operatedfor prolonged periods. Use the followingprocedures before parking the vehicle forprolonged periods.1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and

pull out the memory fuse.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the memory fuse is pulled out from

the fuse panel, the warning chime,audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,will not operate. Some items must bereset after replacement. Refer to“Battery” in this section.

• Even though the memory fuse ispulled out, the battery can still be dis-charged by operation of the head-lights or other electrical devices.

G210200AHM

Engine compartment fusereplacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling the coverup.

OAM079022 OAM079023

Maintenance

467

3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown. To remove or insert the fuse,use the fuse puller in the engine com-partment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedKIA dealer.

G210201AAM

Multi fuseIf the multi fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Turn off the engine.2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.3. Remove the fuse panel on the right

side in the engine compartment.4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.5. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.6. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the multi fuse is blown, consult anauthorized KIA dealer.

CAUTIONAfter checking the fuse panel in theengine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse panel cover. If not,electrical failures may occur fromwater contact.

OAM079025

7 47

Maintenance

✽✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to your vehi-cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.When you inspect the fuse panel in yourvehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

G210300AAM-EU

Fuse/relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

Inner fuse panel Engine compartment fuse panel

OAM079026/OAM079027

Maintenance

487

Inner fuse panel

Description Fuse rating Protected componentP/WDW LH 25A Power Window Main Switch, Rear Power Window Switch LHP/WDW RH 25A Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch RHF/MIRROR 10A Data Link Connector

HAZARD LP 15A Hazard Relay, Hazard SwitchTAIL LH 10A Rear Combination Lamp LH, Head Lamp LH, License Lamp

TAIL RH 10A

Rear Combination Lamp RH, Head Lamp RH, Rheostat Detent, AUX & USB Jack, Hazard Switch,ESC Switch, Instrument Cluster (ILL.), Instrument Cluster (IND.), Mood Lamp Switch, Power Window Main Switch, Audio, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Switch, Shift Lever Switch, A/C Control Module, Multifunction Switch (Remocon)

IGN 2 10A BCM, Electro Chromic Mirror, Sunroof Control ModuleWIPER(RR) 15A Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper)

S/HTR 20A Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer SwitchWIPER(FR) 25A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Front Wiper Relay), Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper)

AMP 25A AMPS/ROOF 20A Sunroof Control Module

(FOG LP(FR)) 15A Front Fog Lamp RelayT/GATE OPEN 15A Tail Gate Relay, DRL Relay(FOG LP(RR)) 10A Rear Fog Lamp Relay

A/CON 10A A/C Control Module, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Head Lamp Relay (High), Blower RelayH/LP 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Head Lamp Relay (Low))ACC 10A Audio, Mood Lamp Switch, Power Outside Mirror Switch

ACC SOCKET 15A Cigarette Lighter, Front Power OutletMIRR. HTD 10A ECM/PCM (G4FC), Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror Motor, A/C Control ModuleDR LOCK 20A Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, 2 Turn Unlock RelaySTOP LP 15A Stop Lamp Switch, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Multipurpose Check Connector)

TCU 10A Vehicle Speed Sensor (M/T), Pulse Generator 'A', Pulse Generator 'B', PCM, Shift Lever Switch

7 49

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component

ABS 10AABS Control Module, ESC Control Module, ESC Switch, Steering Angle Sensor,E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Multipurpose Check Connector)

IGN 1 10A Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Multifunction Switch (Remocon), AudioAUDIO 15A Audio

MEMORY 10ABCM, Instrument Cluster (IND.), A/C Control Module, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Door Warning Switch, Overhead Console Assembly (Map Lamp), Center Room Lamp, Luggage Lamp

P/OUTLET. RR 15A Rear Power OutletA/BAG 15A SRS Control Module, Weight Classification Module

IGN COIL 15A Condenser, Ignition Coil #1 ~ #4T/SIG 10A Hazard Switch

CLUSTER 10A BCM, Instrument Cluster (IND.), A/C Control ModuleECU 10A ECM, PCM

START 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Start Relay)B/UP LP 10A Back-up Lamp Switch (M/T), Transaxle Range Switch (A/T), Cruise Control Module

A/BAG W/LP 10A Instrument Cluster (Air Bag IND.)

POWER CONNECTOR

Maintenance

507

Engine compartment fuse panelDescription Fuse rating Protected component

BATT 2 50AI/P Junction Box (Relay - Tail Lamp, Fuse - TAIL LH 10A, TAIL RH 10A, S/ROOF 20A, STOP LP 15A,DR LOCK 20A, AMP 25A, T/GATE OPEN 15A, (FOG LP(FR)) 15A, (FOG LP(RR)) 10A, Power Connector - MEMORY 10A, AUDIO 15A)

BATT 1 50AI/P Junction Box (Relay - Power Window, Fuse - P/WDW LH 25A, P/WDW RH 25A, F/MIRROR 10A,HAZARD LP 15A)

C/FAN 40A C/Fan Relay (High), C/Fan Relay (Low)MAIN 125A Generator, Fuse (ABS 240A, ABS 140A, RR HTD 40A, BLW 40A, MDPS 80A, A/CON 10A)ABS 2 40A ABS Control Module, ESC Control ModuleABS 1 40A ABS Control Module, ESC Control Module

RR HTD 40A I/P Junction Box (Rear Defogger Relay)BLW 40A Blower Relay

MDPS 80A -IGN 2 40A Ignition Switch, Start RelayECU A 30A Main Relay, ECU B 10A

F/PUMP 20A F/Pump RelayIGN 1 40A Ignition Switch

H/LP HI 20A Head Lamp Relay (High)H/LP LO 20A Head Lamp Relay (Low)HORN 10A Horn Relay

H/LP LO RH 10A Head Lamp RHH/LP LO LH 10A Head Lamp LH, Instrument Cluster (Low Beam IND.)

ECU B 10A PCM, ECM (1.6L)ECU 3 10A ECU (2.0L)ECU 2 10A ECU (2.0L)ECU 1 20A PCM, Ignition Coil (2.0L), PCM (1.6L)

7 51

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected componentINJECTOR 15A Immobilizer Module, Idle Speed Control Actuator, Injetor #1~4, Canister Close Valve

SENSOR 10A

Camshaft Position Sensor, Oil Control Valve, Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down), Canister Purje Solenoid Valve,Stop Lamp Switch, A/Con Relay, C/Fan Relay (High/Low), Crankshaft Position Sensor (2.0L),Camshaft Position Sensor (1.6L)

A/CON 10A A/Con Relay

Maintenance

527

APPEARANCE CAREExterior careG230101AUN

Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

G230102BUN

Finish maintenanceWashing To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water.If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately.Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits. A mild soap, safe for use onpainted surfaces, may be used.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.

CAUTIONDo not use strong soap, chemicaldetergents or hot water, and do notwash the vehicle in direct sunlightor when the body of the vehicle iswarm.

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

7 53

Maintenance

WaxingWax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

G230103AUN

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

G230104AUN

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound.

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits located inthe engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

CAUTION• Wiping dust or dirt off the body

with a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

OJB037800

Maintenance

547

G230105ASA

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter. Payspecial attention to these areas becauseit is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it. Thelower edges of the doors, rocker panels,and frame members have drain holesthat should not be allowed to clog withdirt; trapped water in these areas cancause rusting.

G230106AAM

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with aclear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or wirebrushes on aluminum wheels. Theymay scratch or damage the finish.

• Use only mild soap or neutral deter-gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any cleaners containingacid or acid detergents. It may damageand corrode the aluminum wheelscoated with a clear protective finish.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

7 55

Maintenance

G230107AHM

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corrosionBy using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, we produce vehicles of the highestquality. However, this is only part of thejob. To achieve the long-term corrosionresistance your vehicle can deliver, theowner's cooperation and assistance isalso required.

Common causes of corrosionThe most common causes of corrosionon your vehicle are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath thevehicle.

• Removal of paint or protective coatingsby stones, gravel, abrasion or minorscrapes and dents which leave unpro-tected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areasIf you live in an area where your vehicleis regularly exposed to corrosive materi-als, corrosion protection is particularlyimportant. Some of the common causesof accelerated corrosion are road salts,dust control chemicals, ocean air andindustrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosionMoisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. Forexample, corrosion is accelerated byhigh humidity, particularly when tempera-tures are just above freezing. In suchconditions, the corrosive material is keptin contact with the vehicle’s surface bymoisture that evaporate slowly.Mud is particularly corrosive because itdries slowly and holds moisture in con-tact with the vehicle. Although the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain themoisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is partic-ularly important to keep your vehicleclean and free of mud or accumulationsof other materials. This applies not onlyto the visible surfaces but particularly tothe underside of the vehicle.

Maintenance

567

To help prevent corrosionYou can help prevent corrosion from get-ting started by observing the following:

Keep your vehicle cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your vehicle clean and free of cor-rosive materials. Attention to the under-side of the vehicle is particularly impor-tant.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.—, you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your vehicleat least once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the vehicle,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Do athorough job; just dampening the accu-mulated mud rather than washing itaway will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your vehicle in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your vehiclein the garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-ly corrosive and may damage paintedsurfaces in just a few hours. Alwaysremove bird droppings as soon as possi-ble.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting and cause corrosion.Check under the mats periodically to besure the carpeting is dry. Use particularcare if you carry fertilizers, cleaningmaterials or chemicals in the vehicle.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clean waterand thoroughly dried.

7 57

Maintenance

Interior careG230201AHM

Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per-fume and cosmetic oil from contactingthe dashboard because they may causedamage or discoloration. If they do con-tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme-diately. See the instructions for the prop-er way to clean vinyl.

G230202AUN

Cleaning the upholstery and interiortrim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its color can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.

G230203AUN

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-bing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

G230204AHM

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with a glass cleaner. Followthe directions on the glass cleaner con-tainer.

CAUTIONNever allow water or other liquidsto come in contact withelectrical/electronic componentsinside the vehicle as this may dam-age them.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage of the rear windowdefroster grid.

Maintenance

587

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMG270000AHM-EU

The emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Warranty &Maintenance booklet in your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all applicableemission regulations.There are three emission control sys-tems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is rec-ommended that you have your vehicleinspected and maintained by an author-ized KIA dealer in accordance with themaintenance schedule in this manual.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from misfir-

ing during dynamometer testing,turn the Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system off by pressing theESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing is com-pleted, turn the ESC system back onby pressing the ESC switch again.

G270100AUN

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system suppliesfresh filtered air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,which then pass through the PCV valveinto the induction system.

G270200AUN

2. Evaporative emission control(including ORVR: OnboardRefueling Vapor Recovery) system

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.(The ORVR system is designed to allowthe vapors from the fuel tank to beloaded into a canister while refueling atthe gas station, preventing the escape offuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

7 59

Maintenance

G270201AUN

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the surge tankthrough the purge control solenoid valve.

G270202AHM

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant temper-ature is low during idling, the PCSV clos-es so that evaporated fuel is not takeninto the engine. After the engine warmsup during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

G270300AUN

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions while maintaininggood vehicle performance.

G270301AUN

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle could affectits performance, safety or durability andmay even violate governmental safetyand emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.

G270302AUN

Engine exhaust gas precautions(carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with

other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately. If you ever sus-pect exhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with all thewindows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases contain car-bon monoxide (CO). Though color-less and odorless, it is dangerousand could be lethal if inhaled.Follow the instructions on thispage to avoid CO poisoning.

Maintenance

607

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to restart theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

G270303AAM

Operating precautions for catalyticconverters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso-

line engines.• Do not operate the vehicle when there

are signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by an authorized KIAdealer.

• Avoid driving with a extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could causethe engine to misfire, damaging thecatalytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could void yourwarranties.

WARNING - FireA hot exhaust system can igniteflammable items under your vehi-cle. Do not park, idle or drive thevehicle over or near flammableobjects, such as grass, vegetation,paper, leaves, etc.

Dimensions / 8-2Bulb wattage / 8-2Tires and wheels / 8-3Recommended lubricants and capacities / 8-4Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-6Vehicle certification label / 8-6Tire specification and pressure label / 8-7Engine number / 8-7

Specifications & Consumer information 8


28

DIMENSIONS BULB WATTAGE

Item mm (in)

Overall length 4105 (161.6)

Overall width 1785 (70.3)

Overall height *1 1610 (63.4) / 1660 (65.4)*2

Front tread 1570 (61.8)*1 / 1555 (61.2)*3 / 1550 (61.0)*4

Rear tread 1575 (62.0)*1 / 1560 (61.4)*3 / 1555 (61.2)*4

Wheelbase 2550 (100.4)

*1 : with 195/65R15 tire*2 : with roof rack*3 : with 205/55R16 tire*4 : with 225/45R18 tire

I010000AAM-EU

Headlights (High/Low) 60/55Front turn signal lights 21Side turn signal lights 5Front side marker lights / Position lights 5Front fog lights* 27Stop and tail lights 27/8Rear turn signal lights 27Back-up lights 16High mounted stop light* 5License plate lights 5Map lamps 10Room lamp 10Luggage lamp* 5

* : If equipped

I030000AAM-EU

Light Bulb Wattage

8 3


TIRES AND WHEELS

*1 Normal load : Up to 3 persons*2 High speed : above 160 km/h (100 mph)

I020000AAM-EU

Front Rear Front Rear

P195/65R15 6.0J×15 230 230 240 240

P205/55R16 6.5J×16 (33) (33) (35) (35)

420 420 420 420T125/80D15 4.0T×15

(60) (60) (60) (60)

P225/45R18 7.0J×18230 230 240 240

(33) (33) (35) (35)

420 420 420 420T125/80D16 4.0T×16

(60) (60) (60) (60)

Full size tire

Compact spare tire(if equipped)

Compact spare tire(if equipped)

Wheel lug nut torque

kg•m (lb•ft, N•m)

9~11

(65~79, 88~107)

ItemTire

sizeWheel size

CAUTIONWhen replacing tires, use the samesize originally supplied with thevehicle.Using tires of a different size candamage the related parts or make itwork irregularly.

Full size tire

Normal speed/load*1 High speed*2/Maximum load

Cold tire inflation pressure kPa (psi)


48

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIESI040000AAM-EC

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correctlubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing

the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’stime, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

Lubricant Volume ClassificationEngine oil *1 *2 1.6 Engine 3.3 l (3.49 US qt.) API Service SM or above,

(drain and refill) 2.0 Engine 4.0 l (4.23 US qt.) ILSAC GF-4 or above

Manual transaxle fluid 1.9 l (2.01 US qt.) API Service GL-4 (SAE 75W-85, fill for-life)

Automatic transaxle fluid1.6 Engine 6.8 l (7.19 US qt.)

DIAMOND ATF SP-III, SK ATF SP-III2.0 Engine 6.6 l (6.97 US qt.)

Power steering 0.9 l (0.95 US qt.) PSF-3

1.6 Engine 6.5 l (6.87 US qt.) Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water Coolant

2.0 Engine 7.2 l (7.61 US qt.) (Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)

Brake/Clutch fluid0.7~0.8 l

FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4(0.7~0.8 US qt.)

Fuel 48 l (12.68 US gal.) Refer to “Fuel requirements” in section 1

8 5


I040100AAM-EU

Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperating (engine start and engine oilflowability). Lower viscosity engine oilscan provide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however, higherviscosity engine oils are required for sat-isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Usingoils of any viscosity other than those rec-ommended could result in engine dam-age.

When choosing an oil, consider the rangeof temperature your vehicle will be oper-ated in before the next oil change.Proceed to select the recommended oilviscosity from the chart.CAUTION

Always be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drain-ing any lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engineand other mechanisms that couldbe damaged.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Gasoline Engine Oil *1

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, selectthe proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30


68

H010000AAM

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your vehi-cle and in all legal matters pertaining toits ownership, etc.The number is punched on the floorunder the front passenger seat. To checkthe number, remove the cover (1).

The VIN is also on a plate attached to thetop of the dashboard. The number on theplate can easily be seen through thewindshield from outside.

H020000AUN

The vehicle certification label attachedon the driver’s (or front passenger’s) sidecenter pillar gives the vehicle identifica-tion number (VIN).

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

OUN086004

OAM089002L

OUN088001 OVQ076002N

VIN Label (if equipped)Frame Number Compliance Label

VIN Bar Code (if equipped)

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

8 7


H030000APB

The tires supplied on your new vehicleare chosen to provide the best perform-ance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver's sidecenter pillar gives the tire pressures rec-ommended for your vehicle.

H04000AUN

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

ENGINE NUMBER

OUN086005

TIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

OAM089004

■ 2.0

■ 1.6

OAM089003

IIndex

Index

2I

Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system········3-33Air cleaner ·····································································7-23Appearance care·····························································7-52Audio system ·································································4-75Automatic transaxle ·······················································5-10Automatic transaxle fluid ··············································7-20

Battery············································································7-27Before driving··································································5-3Brake system··································································5-16Brake/clutch fluid ··························································7-18Bulb wattage ····································································8-2

Child restraint system ····················································3-25Cruise control system ····················································5-26

Defroster ········································································4-56Dimensions ······································································8-2Door locks········································································4-8

Economical operation ····················································5-30Emergency starting ··························································6-4Emission control system················································7-58Engine compartment ·················································2-4/7-2Engine coolant ·······························································7-15Engine number·································································8-7Engine oil·······································································7-14Explanation of scheduled maintenance items················7-11Exterior feature ······························································4-74

Fuel filler lid ··································································4-19Fuel requirements ····························································1-3Fuses ··············································································7-43

Hazard warning flasher··················································4-46Hood···············································································4-17How to use this manual ···················································1-2

If the engine overheats·····················································6-6

A E

F

H

I

B

C

D

I 3

Index

If the engine will not start ···············································6-3If you have a flat tire ·····················································6-12In case of an emergency while driving····························6-2Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ···················1-6Instrument cluster ··························································4-32Instrument panel overview ··············································2-3Interior features······························································4-70Interior light ···································································4-54Interior overview ·····························································2-2

Key positions ···································································5-4Keys ·················································································4-2

Lighting··········································································4-47

Maintenance schedule······················································7-7Maintenance services·······················································7-4Manual climate control system······································4-57Manual Transaxle·····························································5-7Mirrors ···········································································4-28

Owner maintenance ·························································7-5

Parking brake ·································································7-22Power steering fluid·······················································7-19

Rearview camera ···························································4-46Recommended lubricants and capacities·························8-4Remote keyless entry·······················································4-6Road warning···································································6-2

Seat belts ········································································3-13Seats ·················································································3-2Special driving conditions ·············································5-32Starting the engine ···························································5-6Steering wheel································································4-26Storage compartment ·····················································4-68Sunroof···········································································4-22

K

L

M

O

P

R

S

Index

4I

Tailgate···········································································4-12Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ·······················6-7Tire specification and pressure label ·······························8-7Tires and wheels······················································7-30/8-3Towing ···········································································6-20Trailer towing ································································5-39

Vehicle break-in process ··················································1-5Vehicle certification label ················································8-6Vehicle handling instructions···········································1-5Vehicle identification number (VIN)·······························8-6Vehicle load limit···························································5-40Vehicle weight ·······························································5-44

Washer fluid···································································7-22Windows ········································································4-14Windshield defrosting and defogging····························4-66Winter driving································································5-37Wiper blades ··································································7-24Wipers and washers ·······················································4-51

V

W

T

my10 soul en

Documents